GSK-1292263A Glucose-Dependent Insulinotropic Receptor (GDIR, GPR119) Agonists

phase 2, Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 312016

str1

GSK-1292263

CAS 1032823-75-8

3-isopropyl-5-(4-(((6-(4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)methyl)piperidin-1-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole

5-[1-(3-Isopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)piperidin-4-ylmethoxy]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyridine

5-[({1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyridine

MF C23H28N4O4S

MW: 456.18313

1292263
GSK-1292263
GSK-1292263A
GSK-263A

Smithkine Beecham Corp, INNOVATOR

GSK-1292263 is a novel GPR119 receptor agonist that is currently under development for the treatment of type 2 diabetes. Treatment of male Sprague-Dawley rats with a single dose of GSK-1292263 (3-30 mg/kg) in the absence of nutrients correlated with increased levels of circulating gastrointestinal peptides; glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1), gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP), peptide YY (PYY) and glucagon.

GSK-1292263 had been evaluated in phase II clinical studies at GlaxoSmithKline for the oral treatment of type 2 diabetes and as monotherapy or in combination with sitagliptin for the treatment of dyslipidemia; however no recent development has been reported for this research.

Following administration of glucose in the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT), greater increases in total GLP-1, GIP and PYY were seen in GSK-1292263-treated rats than in control animals. Despite significant decreases in the glucose AUC, no statistically significant differences in insulin responses and insulin AUC were observed between rats administered GSK-1292263 and those receiving vehicle control.

In the intravenous glucose tolerance test, significant increases in the peak insulin response and insulin AUC(0-15 min) of 30-60% were reported in the GSK-1292263 treatment group, compared with values in the vehicle control cohort. This insulin upregulation correlated with a significant increase in the glucose disposal rate (Brown, K.K. et al. Diabetes [70th Annu Meet Sci Sess Am Diabetes Assoc (ADA) (June 25-29, Orlando) 2010] 2010, 59(Suppl. 1): Abst 407).

The safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of single and multiple oral doses of GSK-1292263 were evaluated in a recently completed randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trial in healthy volunteers (ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier NCT00783549).

A total of 69 subjects received single escalating doses of GSK-1292263 (10-400 mg) prior to administration of a 250-mg dose given once daily for 2 and 5 days, which was also evaluated in combination with sitagliptin (100 mg). Treatment with GSK-1292263 at all doses was described as well tolerated, with the most common drug-related effects being mild headache, dizziness, hyperhidrosis, flushing and post-OGTT hypoglycemia.

NMR

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 8.44 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.06 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (bd, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.8, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.03–3.97 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.20–3.09 (m, 2H), 2.81 (q, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.13–2.00 (m, 1H), 1.88 (bd, J = 12.8 H, 2H), 1.42–1.29 (m, 2H), 1.18 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H).

¹³C NMR (100.6 MHz, DMSO-d₆) 175.3, 170.9, 155.5, 147.0, 143.5, 140.5, 138.6, 127.9, 127.0, 122.4, 122.3, 72.5, 45.7, 44.1, 35.0, 28.0, 26.7, 20.8.

HRMS calcd for C₂₃H₂₉N₄O₄S (M + H)⁺ 457.1904, found, 457.1900.

Anal. Calcd for C₂₃H₂₈N₄O₄S: C, 60.51; H, 6.18; N, 12.27. Found: C, 60.64; H, 6.16; N, 12.24.

str1

Hypoglycemia was not reported with the 5-day dosing schedule. Pharmacokinetic profiling revealed dose-proportional AUC and Cmax at single lower doses, but not at single higher ones. Following repeated once-daily dosing (5 days), drug accumulation was observed consistent with a mean half-life of 12-18 hours. A dose-dependent increase in glucose AUC(0-3 h) during OGTT was seen in GSK-1292263-treated subjects. The treatment was also associated with an increase in PYY during the prandial periods.

Coadministration with sitagliptin led to increases in the plasma concentrations of active GLP-1 but reduced the levels of total GLP-1, GIP and PYY. Sitagliptin affected the exposure to GSK-1292263 (50% increase) but GSK-1292263 did not affect sitagliptin exposure. The data support further evaluation of GSK-1292263 for the treatment of type 2 diabetes (Source: Nunez, D.J. et al. Diabetes [70th Annu Meet Sci Sess Am Diabetes Assoc (ADA) (June 25-29, Orlando) 2010] 2010, 59(Suppl. 1): Abst 80-OR).

WO 2008070692

http://www.google.com.au/patents/WO2008070692A2?cl=en

Example 169: 5-[({1 -[3-(1 -Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4- piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyridine hydrochloride

Step 1 : A mixture of 6-bromo-3-pyridinol (7 g, 40 mmol), [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]boronic acid (8 g, 40 mmol), 2M Na₂CO₃ (30 ml_), PdCI₂(PPh₃)₂ (1 g) and DME (60 ml.) under N₂ was heated at 80 ⁰C overnight. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and was diluted with EtOAc and water. The resulting precipitate was filtered off and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The aqueous phase was also concentrated. Each of the residues was recrystallized from MeOH. The solid material from the organic phase recrystallization and the mother liquors from both aqueous and organic recrystallizations were combined, concentrated and purified by chromatography on a silica gel column using 0 to 10% MeOH/CH₂CI₂ to give 6-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-3-pyridinol (2.9 g, 29%) as a tan solid. Step 2: Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.175 ml_, 0.89 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 6-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-3-pyridinol (150 mg, 0.59 mmol), {1-[3-(1- methylethyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (prepared as in Example 20, Steps 1-3, 200 mg, 0.89 mmol), PPh₃ (233 mg, 0.89 mmol), and THF (10 ml.) at ambient temperature. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated, and the resulting crude was purified by reverse-phase preparative HPLC using a CH₃CN:H₂O gradient (10:90 to 100:0) with 0.05% TFA as a modifier, then taken up in CH₂CI₂ and free-based with saturated NaHCO₃ (aq) to give 5-[({1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]-2-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyridine (220 mg) as a white solid. Step 3: A mixture of the resulting white solid (50 mg, 0.1 1 mmol) in THF (3 ml.) was stirred at ambient temperature as 4Λ/ HCI in dioxane (28 μl_) was added dropwise. The resulting white precipitate was filtered, air-dried, then triturated with diethyl ether to give 35 mg (65%) of the title compound as a white solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI₃): δ 8.46 (d, 1 H, J = 0.7 Hz), 8.18 (bs, 2H), 8.05 (bs, 2H), 7.83 (bs, 1 H), 7.61- 7.45 (m, 1 H), 4.24 (d, 2H, J = 10.4 Hz), 4.00 (d, 2H, J = 0.6 Hz), 3.21-3.03 (m, 5H), 2.89 (m, 1 H), 2.15 (d, 1 H, J = 1.1 Hz), 1.96 (bs, 2H), 1.50 (bs, 2H), 1.28 (d, 6H, J = 6.9 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 457 (M+H).

PATENT

http://www.google.co.ug/patents/US20120077812

Example 100

5-[({1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyridine[0480]

Step 1: A mixture of 2-methylpropanenitrile (100 g, 1.45 mol), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (111 g, 1.59 mol) and NaOH (64 g, 1.59 mol) in EtOH (2 L) and water (500 mL) was stirred at reflux overnight. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extract was dried over Na₂SO₄and concentrated to afford the desired N-hydroxy-2-methylpropanimidamide (50 g, 34%).

Step 2: A solution of 4-piperidinemethanol (140 g, 1.22 mol) in CH₂Cl₂(1 L) was treated with a slurry of NaHCO₃(205 g, 2.44 mol) in water (1.4 L) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min, and then charged with a solution of cyanogen bromide in CH₂Cl₂, (1.34 mol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred and allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and stirred overnight. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with CH₂Cl₂. The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was combined with other batches made similarly and purified by chromatography on a silica gel column to give 300 g of 4-(hydroxymethyl)-1-piperidinecarbonitrile. Step 3: A solution of 1N ZnCl₂in Et₂O (182 mL, 182 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-(hydroxymethyl)-1-piperidinecarbonitrile (21.3 g, 152 mmol) and N-hydroxy-2-methylpropanimidamide (18.6 g, 182 mmol) in EtOAc (50 mL) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was left at ambient temperature for 30 min, decanted, and was treated with concentrated HCl (45 mL) and ethanol 20 mL). The mixture was heated at reflux for 2 h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness, and the resulting residue was charged with water and the pH was adjusted to basic with K₂CO₃. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and the material obtained was combined with 9 other batches prepared similarly and purified by silica gel chromatography to give 150 g of {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol.

Step 4: A solution of {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (prepared as in Step 3, 174 g, 0.77 mol) and triethylamine (140 mL, 1.0 mol) in dichloromethane (1 L) at 5° C. was treated with a solution of methanesulfonyl chloride (69 mL, 0.89 mol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) over a 1 h period. The mixture was stirred at 5° C. for 30 min, and then was quenched by the addition of water (400 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then the organic extract was washed with water (2×400 mL), dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated. The residue was treated with heptane (1 L), stirred for 3 h, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration (heptane wash) and air-dried to afford {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl methanesulfonate (219.7 g, 94%) as an off-white solid. ¹NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 4.21-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.08 (d, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 3.04 (m, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.86 (septet, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 2.05-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.31 (m, 2H), 1.26 (d, 6H, J=6.8 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 304 (M+H).

Step 5: A mixture of 6-bromo-3-pyridinol (36 g, 207 mmol), [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]boronic acid (50 g, 250 mmol), 2M Na₂CO₃(315 mL) and DME (500 mL) was degassed with N₂for 30 min, and then Pd(PPh₃)₄(12 g, 10 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 80° C. for 18 h. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and was diluted with dichloromethane (500 mL) and water (500 mL) and stirred for 30 min. The reaction was filtered and the solids were rinsed with dichloromethane and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were extracted with 1N NaOH (2×600 mL), and then cooled to 5° C. and the pH was adjusted to ˜8 with 6N HCl. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration (water wash) and air-dried to afford a yellow solid. This procedure was repeated and the solids were combined to provide (71.2 g, 68%) of 6-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-3-pyridinol. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 10.27 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H, J=2.7 Hz), 8.21 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 8.00-7.90 (m, 3H), 7.27 (dd, 1H, J_a=8.7 Hz, J_b=2.8 Hz), 3.21 (s, 3H); LRMS (ESI), m/z 250 (M+H).

Step 6: A mixture of {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl methanesulfonate (82.3 g, 271 mmol), 6-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]-3-pyridinol (71.0 g, 285 mmol), powdered potassium carbonate (118 g, 855 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (750 mL) was mechanically stirred and heated at 80° C. under nitrogen for 20 h. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature, poured onto ice water (3 L) and allowed to stand for 1 h. The resulting solid was filtered, rinsed with water (2×500 mL) and air-dried. The solid was taken up in dichloromethane (300 mL) and methanol (500 mL). The dichloromethane was slowly removed via rotovap at 55° C. The methanol solution was allowed to stand at ambient temperature for 16 h. The resulting crystalline solid was filtered, rinsed with cold methanol and dried under vacuum at 60° C. for 18 h to afford the desired product (105.7 g, 84%) as a light tan solid. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.41 (d, 1H, J=2.8 Hz), 8.13 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 8.01 (d, 2H, J=8.6 Hz), 7.74 (d, 1H, J=8.7 Hz), 7.29 (dd, 1H, J_a=8.7 Hz, J_b=3.0 Hz), 4.24 (d, 2H, J=13.1 Hz), 3.95 (d, 2H, J=6.2 Hz), 3.17-3.04 (m, 5H), 2.94-2.84 (m, 1H), 2.11 (bs, 1H), 1.97 (d, 2H, J=12.6 Hz), 1.54-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.29 (d, 6H, J=7.0 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 457 (M+H).

Alternative preparation: Step 1: 2-Bromo-5-[({1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]pyridine (220 mg, 29%) was prepared as a white solid from {1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methanol (prepared as in Example 20, Steps 1-3, 348 mg, 2.0 mmol), 6-bromo-3-pyridinol (348 mg, 2.0 mmol) and Ph₃P (629 mg, 2.4 mmol) in THF (5 mL) followed by diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.51 mL, 2.6 mmol) in a manner similar to Example 1, Step 2. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 7.08 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 4.26-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.85 (d, 2H, J=6.2 Hz), 3.14-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.11-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.28 (d, 6H, J=6.9 Hz); LRMS (ESI), m/z 381/383 (M+H).

Step 2: 5-[({1-[3-(1-Methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]-2-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]pyridine (51 mg, 21%) was prepared from 2-bromo-5-[({1-[3-(1-methylethyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]-4-piperidinyl}methyl)oxy]pyridine (220 mg, 0.52 mmol), [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]boronic acid (105 mg, 0.52 mmol), 2M Na₂CO₃(5 mL), Pd(PPh₃)₄(50 mg, 0.04 mmol) and DME (5 mL) in a manner similar to Example 21, Step 3.

Paper

Development of Large-Scale Routes to Potent GPR119 Receptor Agonists

^†API Chemistry Department, ^‡Analytical Science & Development Department, ^#Medicinal Chemistry Department, and^§Particle Sciences and Engineering Department, GlaxoSmithKline, 709 Swedeland Road, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania 19406, United States

Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP

DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00157, http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00157

Publication Date (Web): July 13, 2016

*E-mail: richard.t.matsuoka@gsk.com.

Abstract

Practical and scalable syntheses were developed that were used to prepare multikilogram batches of GSK1292263A (1) and GSK2041706A (15), two potent G protein-coupled receptor 119 (GPR119) agonists. Both syntheses employed relatively cheap and readily available starting materials, and both took advantage of an S_NAr synthetic strategy.

///////////1292263, GSK-1292263, GSK-1292263A, GSK-263A, GSK1292263, GSK1292263A, GSK 1292263, GSK 1292263A, GSK 263A, GSK263A, 1032823-75-8

O=S(C1=CC=C(C2=CC=C(OCC3CCN(C4=NC(C(C)C)=NO4)CC3)C=N2)C=C1)(C)=O

Supporting Info

VELPATASVIR (GS-5816), GILEAD SCIENCES, велпатасвир, فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 ,

FDA 2016, Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 302016

VELPATASVIR (GS-5816), GILEAD SCIENCES

CAS 1377049-84-7

Molecular Formula:	C₄₉H₅₄N₈O₈
Molecular Weight:	883.00186 g/mol

Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors

KEEP WATCHING AS I ADD MORE DATA, SYNTHESIS……………

Gilead Sciences, Inc. INNOVATOR

Elizabeth M. Bacon, Jeromy J. Cottell, Ashley Anne Katana, Darryl Kato, Evan S. Krygowski, John O. Link, James Taylor, Chinh Viet Tran, Martin Teresa Alejandra Trejo, Zheng-Yu Yang, Sheila Zipfel,

Elizabeth Bacon

Senior Research Associate II at Gilead Sciences

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2- [(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1 ,1 1 dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1 ,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-1 H-imidazol-2-yl)-5- methylpyrrolidin-1 -yl]-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

methyl {(2S)-1 – [(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l- {(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl} -4-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,l 1 dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

Sheila Zipfel

Research Scientist I at Gilead Sciences

{(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(Méthoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phénylacétyl}-4-(méthoxyméthyl)-2-pyrrolidinyl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1,11-dihydroisochroméno[4′,3′:6,7]naphto[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5 -méthyl-1-pyrrolidinyl]-3-méthyl-1-oxo-2-butanyl}carbamate de méthyle

Carbamic acid, N-[(1R)-2-[(2S,4S)-2-[4-[1,11-dihydro-2-[(2S,5S)-1-[(2S)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutyl]-5-methyl-2-pyrrolidinyl][2]benzopyrano[4′,3′:6,7]naphth[1,2-d]imidazol-9-yl]-1H- imidazol-2-yl]-4-(methoxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-2-oxo-1-phenylethyl]-, methyl ester

Methyl {(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(9-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-4-yl}-1,11-dihydro[2]benzopyrano[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

Description	Pan-genotypic HCV NS5A inhibitor
Molecular Target	HCV NS5A protein
Mechanism of Action	HCV non-structural protein 5A inhibitor
Therapeutic Modality	Small molecule

Latest Stage of Development	Phase II
Standard Indication	Hepatitis C virus (HCV)
Indication Details	Treat HCV genotype 1 infection; Treat HCV infection

Gilead Sciences
Class Antivirals; Carbamates; Chromans; Imidazoles; Naphthols; Phenylacetates; Phosphoric acid esters; Pyrimidine nucleotides; Pyrrolidines; Small molecules
Mechanism of Action Hepatitis C virus NS 5 protein inhibitors

Registered Hepatitis C

Most Recent Events

14 Jul 2016 Registered for Hepatitis C in Canada (PO)
08 Jul 2016 Registered for Hepatitis C in Liechtenstein, Iceland, Norway, European Union (PO)
30 Jun 2016 Gilead Sciences plans a phase III trial for Hepatitis C (Combination therapy, Treatment-experienced) in Japan (PO (NCT02822794)

Darryl Kato works on a hepatitis treatment at Gilead Sciences Inc.’s lab

Velpatasvir, also known as GS-5816, is a potent and selective Hepatitis C virus NS5A inhibitor. GS-5816 has demonstrated pan-genotypic activity and a high barrier to resistance in HCV replicon assays. GS-5816 demonstrated pangenotypic antiviral activity in patients with genotype 1-4 HCV infection. It will be further evaluated in combination with other pangenotypic direct-acting antivirals to achieve the goal of developing a well-tolerated, highly effective treatment for all HCV genotypes.

WO 2013/075029. Compound I has the formula:

PAPER

Patent Highlights: Recently Approved HCV NS5a Drugs

David L. Hughes^*

Cidara Therapeutics, 6310 Nancy Ridge Dr., Suite 101, San Diego, California 92121, United States

Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP

DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00241, http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00241

*E-mail: dhughes@cidara.com.

Abstract

Five inhibitors of the NS5a enzyme have been approved as part of oral regimens for the treatment of hepatitis C virus, including daclatasvir (Bristol-Myers Squibb), ledipasvir (Gilead Sciences), ombitasvir (AbbVie), elbasvir (Merck), and velpatasvir (Gilead Sciences). This article reviews worldwide patents and patent applications that have been published on synthetic routes and final forms for these five drugs.

PATENT

https://google.com/patents/WO2013075029A1?cl=en

Example NP

Methyl {(2S)-l-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l-{(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl}-4- (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,ll dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9- yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate

The synthesis of this compound was prepared according to the procedure of example LR-1 with the following modification. During the Suzuki coupling, (2S)-l-[(2S,5S)-2-(5-iodo-lH-imidazol- 2-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[(l-meth^ was used in lieu of

(2S)-l -[(2S)-2-(5-bromo-lH-imidazol-2-yl)pyrrolidin-l-yl]-2-[(l-methoxyethenyl)amino]-3- methylbutan-l-one. The crade material was purified by preparative HPLC to provide methyl {(2S)-1 – [(2S,5S)-2-(5-{2-[(2S,4S)-l- {(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl} -4-(methoxymethyl) pyrrolidin-2-yl]-l,l 1 dihydroisochromeno [4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[l,2-d]imidazol-9-yl}-lH-imidazol-2-yl)- 5-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl]-3-methyl-l -oxobutan-2-yl}carbamate as a white solid (17 mg, 0.019 mmol, 17%). ^lU NMR (400 MHz, cd₃od) δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.52 – 7.39 (m, 6H), 5.50 (m, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 5.16 (m, 1H), 4.12 (m, 1H), 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.43 (m, 4H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.72-1.99 (m, 9H), 1.56 (d, 3H), 1.29 (m, 1H), 0.99 (d, 3H), 0.88 (d, 3H).

PATENT

US 20150361073 A1

Scheme 1

Compound (J)

Compound (I) H CO- Com pound (G)

^st alkylation: Conversion of Compound (I-a) to Compound (G-a)

Compound (I-a) (45 g, 1.0 equiv.), Compound (J-a) (26.7g, 1.03 equiv.) and potassium carbonate (20.7g, 1.5 equiv.) in dichloromethane (450 mL) were stirred at about 20 °C for approximately 3-4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, water (450 mL) was charged into the reactor and the mixture was stirred. Layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 2 wt% NaH₂PO4/10wt% NaCl solution (450 mL). The organic layer was then concentrated and the solvent was swapped from dichloromethane into tetrahydrofuran. A purified sample of Compound (G-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz,

CDC1₃) δ 7.90-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 5.19-5.56 (2dd, 2H), 5.17 (s, 2H), 4.73 (t, 1H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.35 (d, 3H), 3.28-3.32 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.25 (dd, 1H), 2.92-2.96 (dt, 1H), 2.44-2.59 (m, 4H), 1.97-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.44 (d, 9H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative starting material may be Compound (I) where X may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS0₂Ph, -OS0₂Me, -OS0₂CF₃, -OS0₂R, , and -OP(0)(OR)₂ and Y may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS0₂Ph, -OS0₂Me, -OS0₂CF₃, -OS0₂R, and -OP(0)(OR)₂. R may be alkyl, haloalkyl, or an optionally substituted aryl.

Various bases may also be employed, such as phosphate salts (including but not limited to KH₂P0₄, K₃P0₄, Na₂HP0₄, and Na₃P0₄) and carbonate salts (including but not limited to Na₂C0₃,Cs₂C0₃, and NaHC0₃). Where the starting material is Compound (J), KHC0₃ or preformed potassium, sodium, and cesium salts of Compound (J) may also be used.

Alternative solvents can include 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, tert-butyl methyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether, dimethylformamide, acetone, MEK, and MIBK.

The reaction temperature may range from about 10 °C to about 60 °C.

” alkylation: Conversion of Compound (G-a) to Compound (B-a):

A solution of Compound (G-a) (prepared as described earlier starting from 45 g of Compound (I-a)) was mixed with Compound (H) (42.9g, 1.5 equiv.), and cesium carbonate (26. lg, 0.8 equiv.). The reaction mixture was stirred at about 40-45 °C until reaction was complete and then cooled to about 20 °C. Water (450 mL) and ethyl acetate (225 mL) were added and the mixture was agitated. Layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 mL). Combined organic phase was concentrated and solvent was swapped to toluene. A purified sample of Compound (B-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC1₃) 57.90-7.93 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.64 (d, 1H), 7.59-7.60 (d, 1H), 5.52-5.63 (m, 1H), 5.30-5.43 (q, 1H), 5.13-5.23 (s+m, 3H), 4.56-4.64 (m, 2H), 4.39-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.27 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.34-3.35 (d, 3H), 3.07-3.25 (m, 3H), 2.59-2.37 (m, 5H), 1.97-2.16 (m, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 12H), 0.91-1.03 (m, 6H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative starting material may include Compound (G) where Y may be -CI, -Br, -OTs, -OS0₂Ph, -OS0₂Me, -OS0₂CF₃, -OS0₂R, , or -OP(0)(OR)₂. where R is alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl. In some embodiments, the substituted aryl may be an aryl having one or more substituents, such as alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, halogen, and others as discussed above.

Various bases may be employed. Non-limiting examples can include phosphate salts (including but not limited to KH₂P0₄, K₃P0₄, Na₂HP0₄, and Na₃P0₄) and carbonate salts (including but not limited to K₂C0₃ or Na₂C0₃). If Compound (H) is used as the starting material, Li₂C0₃ or preformed potassium, sodium, and cesium salt of Compound (H) may be employed.

Alternative solvents may include 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, toluene, mixtures of THF/Toluene, isopropyl acetate, ethyl acetate, l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide, acetone, MEK,and MIBK. An alternative additive may be

potassium iodide, and the reaction temperature may range from about 40 °C to about 60 °C or about 40 °C to about 50 °C.

A toluene solution of Compound (B-a) (604 g solution from 45 g of Compound (I-a)) was charged to a reaction vessel containing ammonium acetate (185.2 g) and isopropanol (91.0 g). The contents of the reactor were agitated at about 90 °C until the reaction was complete (about 16 to 24 hours). The reaction mixture was cooled to about 45 °C, and then allowed to settle for layer separation. Water (226 g) was added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was separated at about 30 °C. Methanol (274 g), Celite (26.9 g) and an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (67.5 g, 50%) and sodium chloride (54.0 g) in water (608 g) were added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was agitated for a minimum of 30 minutes. The mixture was then filtered through Celite and rinsed forward with a mixture of toluene (250 g) and isopropanol (1 1 g). The biphasic filtrate was separated and water (223 g) was added to the organic phase, and the resulting mixture was agitated at about 30 °C for at least 15 minutes. The mixture was filtered through Celite and rinsed forward with toluene (91 g). The organic layer was concentrated by vacuum distillation to 355 g and was added over 30 minutes to another reactor containing w-heptane (578 g). The resulting slurry is filtered, with the wetcake was washed with w-heptane (450 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven to afford Compound (C-a). A purified sample of Compound (C-a) has the following spectrum: *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1₃) δ 12.27-11.60 (m, 1 H), 1 1.18-10.69 (m, 1 H), 7.83 – 7.44 (m, 4 H), 7.36 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.28 – 7.05 (m, 1 H), 5.65 – 5.25 (m, 1H), 5.25 – 4.83 (m, 4 H), 4.34 – 4.03 (m, 2 H), 3.93 – 3.63 (m, 4 H), 3.52 (s, 1 H), 3.35 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 4 H), 3.19 – 2.94 (m, 4 H), 2.88 (dd, J = 12.0, 7.9 Hz, 3 H), 2.66 – 1.85 (m, 5 H), 1.79 (s, 5 H), 1.37 – 1.12 (m, 6H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 6 H), 0.82 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2 H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative reagents, in lieu of ammonium acetate, can include hexamethyldisilazane, ammonia, ammonium formate, ammonium propionate, ammonium hexanoate, and ammonium octanoate. Various solvents, such as toluene, xylene, an alcohol

(including but not limited to isopropanol, 1-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 2-methoxyethanol, and glycols, such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol) may be employed. Alternative catalyst/additives may include magnesium stearate, acetic acid, propionic acid, and acetic anhydride. The reaction temperature may range from about 60 °C to about 110 °C or about 85 °C to about 95 °C.

Preparation of Compound (D-a) using DDQ as oxidant:

A solution of Compound (C-a) (255.84 g) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (1535 mL) was cooled to about 0 °C and acetic acid (0.92 mL) was added. To this mixture was added a solution of DDQ (76.98 g) in 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (385 mL) over about 30 minutes. Upon reaction completion, a 10 wt% aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1275 mL) was added over about 30 minutes and the mixture was warmed to about 20 °C. Celite (101.5 g) was added and the slurry was filtered through Celite (50.0 g) and the filter cake was rinsed with 2-methyltetrahydrofuran (765 mL). The phases of the filtrate were separated. The organic phase was washed successively aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (1020 mL, 10 wt%), aqueous sodium bisulfite solution (1020 mL, 10 wt%), aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1020 mL, 5 wt%) and aqueous sodium chloride solution (1020 mL, 5 wt%). The organic phase was then concentrated to a volume of about 650 mL. Cyclopentyl methyl ether (1530 mL) was added and the resulting solution was concentrated to a volume of about 710 mL. The temperature was adjusted to about 40 °C and Compound (D-a) seed (1.0 g) was added. The mixture was agitated until a slurry forms, then methyl tert-butyl ether (2300 mL) was added over about 3 hours. The slurry was cooled to about 20 °C over about 2 hours and filtered. The filter cake was rinsed with methyl tert-butyl ether (1275 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to provide Compound (D-a). A purified sample of Compound (D-a) has the following spectrum: ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC1₃) δ 13.05-10.50 (comp m, 2H), 8.65-6.95 (comp m, 8H), 5.50-5.35 (m, 2H), 5.25^1.60 (comp m, 3H), 4.35-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.00-3.65 (comp m, 4H), 3.60-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.25 (comp m, 4H), 3.25-3.00 (comp m, 2H), 2.95-1.65 (comp m, 6H), 1.47 (br s, 9H), 1.40-1.25 (comp m, 2H), 1.20-0.70 (comp m, 9H).

Alternative Preparation of Compound (D-a) using Mn02 as oxidant:

A mixture of Compound (C-a) (50.0 g), manganese (IV) oxide (152.8 g) and dichloromethane (500 mL) is stirred at about 20 °C. Upon completion of the reaction, Celite (15 g) was added. The resulting slurry was filtered through Celite (20 g) and the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane (500 mL). The filtrate was concentrated and solvent exchanged into cyclopentyl methyl ether (250 mL). The resulting solution was warmed to about 60 °C and treated with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution (250 mL, 10wt%). The biphasic mixture is stirred at about 45 °C for about 12 hours. The phases are then separated and the organic phase is concentrated to a volume of about 150 mL. The concentrate is filtered, seeded with Compound (D-a) seed and agitated at about 40 °C to obtain a slurry. Methyl tert-butyl ether (450 mL) was added to the slurry over 30 minutes and the resulting mixture was cooled to about 20 °C. The precipitated solid was filtered, rinsed with methyl tert-butyl ether (250 mL) and dried in a vacuum oven at about 40 °C to obtain Compound (D-a).

Alternative Preparation of Compound (D-a) through catalytic dehydrogenation

A mixture of Compound (C-a) (2.5 g, 2.7 mmol, 1 equiv), 5% Pd/Al₂0₃ (2.5 g) and 1-propanol (25 mL, degassed) was stirred at reflux under inert environment for about 5.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to ambient temperature and filtered through Celite, and the residue rinsed with 1-propanol (2 x 5 mL) to obtain a solution of Compound (D-a).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, in a reaction scheme employing stoichiometric oxidants, alternative oxidants may include manganese(IV) oxide, copper(II) acetate, copper(II) trifluoroacetate, copper(II) chloride, copper(II) bromide, bromine (Br₂), iodine (I₂), N-chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1 ,4-benzoquinone, tetrachloro-l,4-benzoquinone (chloranil), eerie ammonium nitrate, hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, άϊ-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, oxygen ((¾), sodium hypochlorite, sodium hypobromite, tert-butyl hypochlorite, Oxone, diacetoxyiodobenzene, and bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene. Various additives may be employed, and non-limiting examples may be carbonate bases (e.g., potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, and the like), amines (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and the like), and acids (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, ara-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid), sodium acetate, potassium acetate, and the like). The reaction temperature may range from about -10°C to 80 °C. The reaction may take place in solvents, such as halogenated solvents (e.g., dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.), aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene, xylenes, etc.), ethereal solvents (tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane, diglyme, triglyme, etc.), alcoholic solvents (e.g., methanol, ethanol, w-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, tert-amyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, etc.), ester solvents (e.g., ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, etc.), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, etc.), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), amine solvents (e.g., triethylamine, morpholine, etc.), acetic acid, and water.

In reaction schemes employing catalytic oxidants, alternative catalysts may include palladium catalysts (e.g., palladium(II) acetate, palladium(II) trifluoroacetate, palladium(II) chloride, palladium(II) bromide, palladium(II) iodide, palladium(II) benzoate, palladium(II) sulfate, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0), bis(tri-iert-butylphosphine)palladium(0), bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) chloride, bis(acetonitrile)palladium(II) chloride, bis(benzonitrile)palladium(II) chloride, palladium on carbon, palladium on alumina, palladium on hydroxyapatite, palladium on calcium carbonate, palladium on barium sulfate, palladium(II) hydroxide on carbon), platinum catalysts (e.g., platinum on carbon, platinum(IV) oxide, chloroplatinic acid, potassium chloroplatinate), rhodium catalysts (e.g., rhodium on carbon, rhodium on alumina,

bis(styrene)bis(triphenylphosphine)rhodium(0)), ruthenium catalysts (e.g., ruthenium(II) salen, dichloro(para-cymene)ruthenium(II) dimer), iridium catalysts (e.g., iridium(III) chloride, (l,5-cyclooctadiene)diiridium(I) dichloride, bis(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) tetrafluoroborate, bis(triphenylphosphine)(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) carbonyl chloride, bis(triphenylphosphine)(l,5-cyclooctadiene)iridium(I) tetrafluoroborate), copper catalysts (e.g., copper(I) chloride, copper(II) chloride, copper(I) bromide, copper(II) bromide, copper(I) iodide, copper(II) iodide, copper(II) acetate, copper(II) trifluoroacetate, copper(I) trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper(II) trifluoromethanesulfonate, copper(II) sulfate), iron catalysts (e.g., iron(II) sulfate, iron(II) chloride, iron(III) chloride), vanadium catalysts (e.g., dichloro(ethoxy)oxovanadium, dichloro(isopropoxy)oxovanadium), manganese catalysts (e.g., manganese(rV) oxide, manganese(III) (salen) chloride), cobalt catalysts (e.g., cobalt(II) acetate, cobalt(II) chloride, cobalt(II) salen), indium(III) chloride, silver(I) oxide, sodium tungstate, quinone catalysts (e.g., 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-l,4-benzoquinone, 1,4-benzoquinone, and tetrachloro-l,4-benzoquinone (chloranil)).

Alternative co-oxidants can include, but are not limited to, sodium nitrite, copper(II) acetate, sodium persulfate, potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate, sodium perborate, nitrobenzenesulfonate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-l-oxyl (TEMPO), pyridine-N-oxide, hydrogen peroxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, oxygen (0₂), sodium hypochlorite, sodium hypobromite, tert-butyl hypochlorite, oxone, diacetoxyiodobenzene, and bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene.

Varoius hydrogen acceptors may be employed. Non-limiting examples can include unsaturated hydrocarbons (e.g., tert-butylethylene, tert-butyl acetylene, 2-hexyne, cyclohexene, and the like), acrylate esters (e.g., methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, and the like), maleate esters (e.g., dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, diisopropyl maleate, dibutyl maleate, and the like), fumarate esters (e.g., dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate, diisopropyl fumarate, dibutyl fumarate, and the like), and quinones (e.g. chloranil, 1 ,4-benzoquinone, etc.).

Alternative additives may be employed, such as carbonate bases (e.g., potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, etc.), amine bases (e.g., triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, etc.), phosphines (e.g., triphenylphosphine, tri(ort zotolyl)phosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, tri-w-butylphosphine, tri-tert-butylphosphine, etc.), acids (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, benzoic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, ara-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, etc.), sodium acetate, N-hydroxyphthalimide, salen, 2,2 ‘-bipyri dine, 9,10-phenanthroline, and quinine.

The reaction can proceed at temperatures ranging from about 10 °C to about 120 °C. Various solvents can be employed, including but not limited to halogenated solvents (e.g., dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, and the like), aromatic solvents (e.g., toluene, xylenes, and the like), ethereal solvents (tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, cyclopentyl methyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diglyme, triglyme, and the like), alcoholic solvents (e.g., methanol, ethanol, w-propanol, isopropanol, w-butanol, tert-butanol, tert-amyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glyco, and the like), ester solvents (e.g., ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, and the like), ketone solvents (e.g., acetone, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, and the like), polar aprotic solvents (e.g., acetonitrile, Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide, Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, pyridine, dimethyl sulfoxide, and the like), amine solvents (e.g., triethylamine, morpholine, and the like), acetic acid, and water.

Acetyl chloride (135 mL, 5 equiv.) was added slowly to methanol (750 mL) under external cooling maintaining reaction temperature below 30 °C. The resulting methanolic hydrogen chloride solution was cooled to about 20 °C, and added slowly over about 1 hour to a solution of Compound (D-a) (300 g, 1 equiv.) in methanol (750 mL) held at about 60 °C, and rinsed forward with methanol (300 mL). The reaction mixture was agitated at about 60 °C until reaction was complete (about 1 hour), and then cooled to about 5 °C. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 7-8 by addition of sodium methoxide (25 wt. % solution in methanol, 370 mL) over about 20 minutes while maintaining reaction temperature below about 20 °C. Phosphoric acid (85 wt. %, 26 mL, 1 equiv.) and Celite (120 g) were added to the reaction mixture, which was then adjusted to about 20 °C, filtered, and the filter cake was rinsed with methanol (1050 mL). The combined filtrate was polish filtered and treated with phosphoric acid (85 wt. %, 104 mL, 4 equiv.). The mixture was was adjusted to about 60 °C, seeded with Compound (E-a) seed crystals (1.5 g), aged at about 60 °C for 4 hours and cooled slowly to about 20 °C over about 7.5 hours. The precipitated product was filtered, washed with methanol (2 x 600 mL), and dried in a vacuum oven at about 45 °C to provide

Compound (E-a). ^!H NMR (400 MHz, D₂0) δ 7.53-6.77 (comp m, 8H), 5.24-4.80 (comp m, 3H), 4.59-4.38 (comp m, 2H), 4.15-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.38 (comp m, 5H), 3.36-3.14 (comp m, 4H), 2.75 (s, 1H), 2.87-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.29-1.60 (comp m, 6H), 1.27 (d, 3H), 0.76 (m, 6H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. Various deprotection agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include those disclosed in T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (4th edition) J. Wiley & Sons, 2007, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, a wide range of acids may be used, including but not limited to phosphoric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, 4-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, thionyl chloride,and trimethylsilyl chloride. A wide range of solvents may be employed, including but not limited to water, ethanol, acetonitrile, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, 1 ,4-dioxane, and toluene. Deprotection may proceed at temperatures ranging from about 20 °C to about 110 °C or from about 55 °C to about 65 °C.

A wide range of bases may be employed as a neutralization reagent. Non-limiting examples can include sodium phosphate dibasic, potassium phosphate dibasic, potassium bicarbonate, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, and 4-methylmorpholine. Various solvents may be used for neutralization, such as water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, acetone, acetonitrile, 2-butanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, dichloromethane, and dichloroethane.

Neutralization may proceed at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 60 °C or about 5 °C to about 15 °C.

Various crystallization reagents can be employed. Non-limiting examples may be hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, ethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-bromobenzenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, and glucuronic acid. Solvents for crystallization can include, but is not limited to, water, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, and acetonitrile. Crystallization may proceed at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 100 °C.

Free-Basing of Compound (E-a) to Prepare Compound (E)

ompound (E-a) OCH, H3CO- Compound (E)

Compound (E-a) (10.0 g, 10.1 mmol) was dissolved in water (100 g) and then dichloromethane (132 g) and 28% ammonium hydroxide (7.2 g) were added sequentially. The biphasic mixture was stirred for 45 minutes. Celite (2.2 g) was added, the mixture was filtered through a bed of additional Celite (5.1 g), and the phases were then separated. The lower organic phase was washed with water (50 g), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (E). ‘H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.35-7.17 (m, 8H), 5.6^1.68 (m, 3H), 4.41-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.96-3.72 (br s, 1H), 3.74-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.42 (d, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 3.28 (s, 1H), 3.19-3.01 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.69-1.82 (m, 6H), 1.80-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.21-0.73 (m, 8H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, tris-hydrochloride salts of Compound (E) may be used. Various bases may be employed, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and potassium hydroxide. Various solvents, such as 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and ethyl acetate, may be employed. The temperature may range from about 15 °C to about 25 °C.

Alternative Free-Basing of Compound (E-b) to Prepare Compound (E)

Compound (E-b) (15.2 g) was dissolved in water (100 g) and then dichloromethane

(132 g) and 28% ammonium hydroxide (7.4 g) were added sequentially. The biphasic mixture was stirred for about 45 minutes. Celite (2.1 g) was added, the mixture was filtered through a bed of additional Celite (5.2 g), and the phases were then separated. The lower organic phase was washed with water (50 g), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (E). *H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 7.92-6.73 (m, 8H), 5.51-4.90 (m, 2H), 4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.21-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.07-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.41-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.55 (m, 7H).

Salt Conversion of Compound (E-a) to Compound (E-b)

A solution of Compound (E-a) (10.0 g, 10.1 mmol), a solution of 37% HCI (10 g) in water (20 g), and acetonitrile (30 g)was warmed to about 50 °C and agitated for about lh. The solution was cooled to about 20 °C and acetonitrile (58 g) was charged to the reactor during which time a slurry formed. The slurry was stirred for about 21 h and then additional acetonitrile (39 g) was added. The slurry was cooled to about 0 °C, held for about 60 min and the solids were then isolated by filtration, rinsed with 7% (w/w) water in acetonitrile (22 g) previously cooled to about 5 °C. The wet cake was partially deliquored to afford

Compound (E-b). *H NMR (400 MHz, D₂0) δ 7.92-6.73 (m, 8H), 5.51^1.90 (m, 2H),

4.63-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.21-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.40-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.07-2.49 (m, 3H), 2.41-1.61 (m, 6H), 1.44-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.04-0.55 (m, 7H).

A flask was charged sequentially with 2-chloro-4,6-bis[3-(perfluorohexyl)propyloxy]-1,3,5-triazine (“CDMT”) (2.2 giv) and methanol (8.9 g) and the slurry was cooled to about 0 °C. To the mixture was added NMM (1.3 g) over about 5 minutes, maintaining an internal temperature of less than 20 °C. The solution was stirred for about 20 minutes to produce a solution of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride in methanol.

To a solution of Compound (E) (7.1 g) in dichloromethane (170 g) was added

Compound (Γ) (2.8 g). The solution of 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium chloride in methanol was added over 2 minutes followed by a rinse of methanol (1.1 g). After about 2.5 h, the completed reaction solution was washed sequentially with aqueous 10% potassium bicarbonate solution (40 mL), 3% hydrochloric acid (40 mL), and aqueous 10% potassium bicarbonate solution (40 mL). The lower organic phase was washed with water (40 mL), filtered, and then concentrated by rotary evaporation to produce Compound (A). ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.56-6.67 (m, 13H), 5.76^1.94 (m, 4H), 4.86-4.67 (m, 1H), 4.47-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.98-2.72 (m, 15H), 2.74-1.77 (m, 7H), 1.77-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.39-0.53 (m, 8H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, tris-phosphate salts or tris-hydrochloride salts of Compound (G) may be used as alternative starting material. The reaction may take place at a temperature range of from about 10 °C to about 20 °C. Alternative coupling agents include, but are not limited to, EDC/HOBt, HATU, HBTU, TBTU, BOP, PyClOP, PyBOP, DCC/HOBt, COMU, EDCLOxyma, T3P, and 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorpholinium tetrafluoroborate. An alternative bases that may be employed can be diisopropylethylamine. The reaction may proceed in DMF and at temperatures ranging from about -20 °C to about 30 °C.

Salt Formation and Crystallization of Compound (A)

Crystallization of Compound (A-a)

A flask was charged with Compound (A) (10 g) and ethanol (125 mL) and was then warmed to about 45 °C. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (2.3 mL) was added followed by Compound (A-a) seed crystals (5 mg). The mixture was cooled to about 20 °C over about 5 h and held for about an additional 1 1 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol (2 x 20 mL), and deliquored to produce Compound (A-a). ^!H NMR (400 MHz, CD₃OD) δ 8.94-7.22 (m, 14H), 5.78-5.1 1 (m, 5H), 4.53-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.57 (m, 10H), 3.57-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.99-2.24 (m, 5H), 2.24-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.80-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.39-0.73 (m, 8H).

Alternative Crystallization of Compound (A-b)

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A) (25.0 g) followed by ethanol (125 mL) and 10% H₃PO₄ (250 mL). The solution was seeded with Compound (A-b) (100 mg) and stirred for about 17.5 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with ethanol (2 x 5 mL), deliquored, and dried in a vacuum oven to produce Compound (A-b). ^JH NMR (400 MHz, D₂0) δ 7.76-6.48 (m, 13H), 5.53^1.90 (m, 3H), 4.60-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.29-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.70-2.75 (m, 14H), 2.66-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.51-1.09 (m, 3H), 1.05-0.45 (m, 7H).

Alternative reagents and reaction conditions to those disclosed above may also be employed. For example, alternative acids may be hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, L-tartaric acid. Various solvents may be employed, such as methanol, ethanol, water, and isopropanol. The reaction may proceed at temperatures ranging from about 5 °C to about 60 °C.

Free-Basing of Compound (A)

Free-Basing of Compound (A-a) to Prepare Compound (A)

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A-a) (18.2 g) followed by ethyl acetate (188 g) and 10% potassium bicarbonate (188 g) and the mixture was stirred for about 25 minutes. The phases were separated and the upper organic phase was then washed with water (188 mL). The resulting organic solution was concentrated, ethanol (188 g) was added, and the solution was evaporated to produce a concentrate (75 g). The resulting concentrate added into water (376 g) to produce a slurry. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with water (38 g), de liquored and dried in a vacuum oven at about 50 °C to produce

Compound (A).

Alternative Free-Basing of Compound (A-b) to Prepare Compound (A)

om poun –

A reaction vessel was charged with Compound (A-b) (3.0 g) followed by EtOAc (15 mL) and 10% KHCO₃ (15 mL) and agitation was initiated. After about 5 h, the phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with water (15 mL) and then concentrated by rotary evaporation under vacuum. The residue was taken up in EtOH (4.5 mL) and then added to water (30 mL) to produce a slurry. After about 15 min, the solids were isolated by filtration rinsing forward water (3 x 3 mL). The solids were dried at about 50 to 60 °C vacuum oven for about 15 h to produce Compound (A).

PATENT

US 2015/0361085

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=US153621930&redirectedID=true

Compound I Form I

An additional stable form screen was performed using the same procedure as described above but included a crystalline intermediate (Compound II shown below) as seeds.

Compound II can be synthesized according to the methods described in WO 2013/075029 or U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/010,813. Needle-like particles were formed in butyronitrile, propionitrile, MEK/toluene, MEK/IPE and 2-pentanone/toluene. XRPD patterns of the wet solids were mostly consistent with each other with minor shifting in the peaks. The new form is named Compound I Form I, which is believed to be isostructural channel solvates with the respective solvents. After air drying all solids afforded amorphous XRPD patterns.

Another stable form screen was performed using carbon (Darco G-60) treated Compound I, solvents, antisolvent (diisopropyl ether (IPE)), and seeds of Compound I Form I. This screen afforded crystalline solids from additional solvents as summarized in Table 1. The XRPD patterns of all of these solvates are consistent with Form I. The solvates were observed to convert to amorphous solids after drying. The XRPD patterns of Compound I were obtained in the experimental setting as follows: 45 kV, 40 mA, Kα1=1.5406 Å, scan range 2-40°, step size 0.0167°, counting time: 15.875 s.

[TABLE-US-00002]

TABLE 1

Stable form screen of carbon treated Compound I

Solvents	PLM	Comments

Water	Amorphous	Slurry
Water/EtOH	Amorphous	Sticky phase coating
ACN/IPE	Birefringent	Slurry of needles
MeOH/IPE	Solution	Seeds dissolved
EtOH/IPE	Solution	Seeds dissolved
Acetone/IPE	Birefringent	Thick slurry of
		needles
IPA/IPE	Amorphous	Sticky coating
MEK/IPE	Birefringent	Thick slurry of
		needles
MIBK/IPE	Birefringent	White paste
DCM/IPE	Birefringent	Thick slurry of small
		needles
THF/IPE	Solution	Seeds dissolved
2-MeTHF/IPE	Amorphous	slurry
EtOAc/IPE	Birefringent	Thick slurry of
		needles
IPAc/IPE	Amorphous	slurry
Toluene	Amorphous	Sticky coating

The crystallinity of Compound I Form I can be improved by using a butyronitrile/butyl ether (BN/BE) mixture according to the following procedure.

The crystallization experiment was started with 40 to 75 mg Compound I in 1.1 to 3.0 mL of a BN/BE in a ratio of 7:4 (anhydrous solvents). The sample was held at RT over P₂O₅for 23 days without agitation, and crystals formed in the solution. Afterwards, the liquid phase was replaced with butyl ether and the solids were obtained by centrifuge. These solids, corresponding to Compound I Form I, were used for the subsequent step as seed.

Purified Compound I (709.8 mg) was prepared from reflux of ethanol solution with Darco G-60 and was added to a new vial via a filter. While stirring, 7 mL of anhydrous butyronitrile (BN) was added. A clear orange solution was obtained. While stirring, 4 mL of anhydrous butyl ether (BE) was added slowly. To the solution was added 7.7 mg of Compound I Form I (from previous BN:BE crystallization experiment) as seed. The solution became cloudy and the seeds did not dissolve. The sample was stirred for ˜10 minutes before the agitation was stopped. The vial was capped and placed into a jar with some P₂O₅solids at room temperature. After 6 days, a thin layer of bright yellow precipitate was observed on the wall and the bottom of the vial. The liquid phase was withdrawn and 3 mL of anhydrous butyl ether was added. Solids were scraped down with a spatula from the vial. The suspension was heated to about 30° C. for over half hour period and was held for ˜1 hour before cooling to 20° C. at about 0.1° C./min (without agitation). The sample was stored in ajar with P₂O₅solids for 5 days. The sample was vacuum filtered using 0.22 μm nylon filter, washed with 2×200 μL of anhydrous butyl ether, and air dried under reduced pressure for about 5 minutes.

XRPD analysis of the sample showed good very sharp peaks as shown in FIG. 1. The XRPD analysis setting was as follows: 45 kV, 40 mA, Kα1=1.5406 Å, scan range 1-40°, step size 0.0167°, counting time: 36.83 s. The characteristic peaks of crystalline Compound I Form I include: 2.9, 3.6, 4.8, 5.2, 6.0° 2θ (FIG. 1). The XRPD pattern of Form I was successfully indexed, indicating that Form I is composed primarily of a single crystalline phase. Extremely large unit cell volume containing up to ˜60 API molecules in the unit cell was observed. The amorphous halo observed in the XRPD pattern could be a result of the size of the unit cell. Butyl ether stoichiometry could not be estimated. Two alternative indexing solutions were found: monoclinic and orthorhombic.

DSC and TGA data confirmed that Form I is a solvated form. DSC shows a broad endotherm with onset at 109° C. and small endotherm with onset at 177° C. (FIG. 2). TGA shows 22% weight loss below 150° C. (FIG. 3).

PATENT

CN 105294713

https://www.google.com/patents/CN105294713A?cl=en

https://patentimages.storage.googleapis.com/pdfs/2601c633c50937ffb780/CN105294713A.pdf

Example 12

Under nitrogen, was added l〇2g1 said, adding methylene burn 500 blood dissolved, 4mol / L fertilizer 1 1,4-dioxane SOOmL, football for 1 hour at room temperature, of the C (already burned: ethyl acetate 1: 1) point in the control board, the starting material spot disappeared, the reaction was stopped, the solvent was concentrated, was added (R & lt) -2- (methoxy several yl) -2-phenylacetic acid 29g, COMU60g, DMF blood 500, diisopropylethylamine 223M1,25 ° C reaction I h, ethyl acetate was added IL diluted, purified water is added IL painted twice, dried over anhydrous sulfate instrument, and concentrated, methanol was added SOOmL temperature 60 ° C dissolved, 250mL of purified water was slowly added dropwise, to precipitate a solid, the addition was completed, cooled to 50 ° C for 1 hour, cooled to room temperature, filtered, and concentrated to give Velpatasvir (GS-5816) product 90. 5g, 78. 2〇 yield / billion. H-NMR (400MHz, CDs isolated) 5 7. 94 – 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.59 of J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7. 52 (S, 1H), 7.48 – 7. 33 (m, 4H) , 7.11 of J = 18. 7Hz, 1H), 5.68 of J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 5.48 – 5.33 (m, 1H), 5.23 (dd, J = 24.1, 15.7Hz, 1H), 5.17 -5.03 (m, 3H), 4.22 (dd, J = 17.0, 9.6Hz, 1H), 4.16 – 4.01 (m, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 24. 1 Hz, 1H), 3 83 -. 3. 68 (m, 1H), 3 68 -. 3. 59 (m, 3H), 3 59 -. 3. 49 (m, 3H), 3.38 (ddd, J = 15.9, 9.6, 5.7Hz, 2H), 3.28 – 3.14 (m, 5H), 3.10 (dd, J = 14.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (dd, J = 17.8, 9.6Hz, 1H), 2.92 (dd, J = 14.5, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.73 – 2.41 (m, 2H), 2.40 – 2.11 (m, 2H), 2. 11 – 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.54 deduction J = 9. 7 Hz, 2H), 1.24 of J = 6.2Hz, 1H), 1.06 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 0.99 of J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 0. 94 (d, J = 6. 6Hz, 2H), 0. 85 (d, J = 6. 7Hz, 2H ).

Construction

Clip and foot notes

Velpatasvir only got its name last year and was previously known as GS-5816. That compound was only announced back in 2013 when Gilead showed the initial in vitrostudies on a handful of posters. [1] [2] Very little information is available on this follow-up compound. The following was pretty much the summary of their poster presentation.

To understand the medical significance of this study, Sofosbuvir is the best-in-class NS5B inhibitor from Gilead (see link for more information). [3] These inhibitors work the fastest when paired with a NS5A inhibitor like Daclatasvir or Ledipasvir (making up the Sofosbuvir+Ledipasvir = Harvoni combination) or the Viekira Pak combo. Disclosure: I am an employee of Bristol-Myers Squibb which produces Daclatasvir. However, HCV comprises of 7 different genotypes. Harvoni and Viekira Pak are approved against genotypes 1a, 1b. Harvoni is indicated for genotypes 4, 5, and 6. For the treatment of genotypes 2 and 3, sofosbuvir is generally combined with ribavirin or interferon which has notable side effects. While 70% of patients have genotype 1, for the remainder of patients with the other variants, they are still stuck with the more risky (and more expensive and longer) therapy.

I think this is the structure of GS-5816. It’s not yet published in any journal. [4]

For comparison, here is the structure of Ledipasvir, the first generation NS5A inhibitor used in Harvoni. Structurally speaking, they are pretty similar so it seems like GS-5816 is the product of good old fashioned medchem.

The clearest summary of the 4 Phase III trials can be found on Gilead’s website. [5]ASTRAL-1 was run on genotypes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6. [6] ASTRAL-2 focused on genotype 2. ASTRAL-3 focused on genotype 3. [7] ASTRAL-4 focused on HCV patients with Child-Pugh cirrhosis. [8] These patients previously had interferon treatment but had a poor response and are generally very sick.

I think that a few interesting things stand out. ASTRAL-1 occurred from July 2014 to December 2014 but upon a request from the FDA, ASTRAL-2 and 3 were started in September 2014-July 2015 in order to have an isolated study on genotypes 2 and 3. For a 24 week study that’s incredibly fast. As discussed elsewhere, clinical trials are often limited by the speed of patient enrollment and these studies can take years. [9] Here, they were able to find volunteers for a 1000 patient study within weeks. An interesting note about the clinical trial design, the ASTRAL-1 team knew that the historical cure rate was 85% and were able to correctly power the trial to get a statistically significant study on the first try. Also, deep sequencing was used to identify and stratify the HCV genotypes. In ASTRAL-1, 42% of the patients had NS5A resistance and 9% had NS5B resistance.

The market impact may be significant to Achillion which was a former partner of Gilead and a potential acquisition target. Achillion was working with Janssen on its own second generation NS5A inhibitor, odalasvir. This announcement may kill the market for a competing product as well as remove the acquisition hype.

How did Gilead come up with Velpatasvir? It really sounds like good solid science. Ledipasvir was developed to be a best-in-class NS5A inhibitor and it was recognized that it worked well with NS5B inhibitors. It was also understood that most of the NS5A inhibitors specific only towards certain N5SA genotypes and that there was a clear unmet need for patients with HCV genotypes 2 and 3. With the help of some computational modeling [10]Gilead developed assays for all of the HCV genotypes to screen for a pan-genotype NS5A inhibitor to follow up to their 2014 Ledipasvir trials and leveraging their strategic advantage in the HCV market, were able to quickly ramp up 4 major clinical trials to demonstrate the clinical efficacy of their next gen drug combination.

That’s really good science. Not long ago, Gilead stated that it was planning on eradicating HCV. This compound is a part of the Gilead license with Indian generic manufacturers but it seems like MSF is contesting that decision. [11] [12] With this drug Gilead is now another step closer towards that goal. [13]

Footnotes

[1] GS-5816, a Second-Generation HCV NS5A Inhibitor With Potent Antiviral Activity, Broad Genotypic Coverage, and a High Resistance Barrier

[2] Page on journal-of-hepatology.eu

[3] Christopher VanLang’s answer to How was Sovaldi (the drug now being marketed by Gilead), first discovered by Pharmasset?

[4] CAS # 1377049-84-7, Velpatasvir, GS 5816, Methyl [(2S)-1-[(2S,5S)-2-[9-[2-[(2S,4S)-1-[(2R)-2-[(methoxycarbonyl)amino]-2-phenylacetyl]-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl]-1,11-dihydroisochromeno[4′,3′:6,7]naphtho[1,2-d]imidazol-2-yl]-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]carbamate

[5] Page on gilead.com

[6] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 Infection — NEJM

[7] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 2 and 3 Infection — NEJM

[8] Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV in Patients with Decompensated Cirrhosis — NEJM

[9] Why do clinical trials for new drugs take several years? Remarkably, 72% of Americans are willing to be in them.

[10] Inhibition of hepatitis C virus NS5A by fluoro-olefin based γ-turn mimetics.

[11] Page on gilead.com

[12] MSF response to Gilead announcement on inclusion of hepatitis C drug GS-5816 in voluntary licence

[13] Gilead and Georgia to attempt Hep C eradication by Christopher VanLang on Making Drugs

09338-acsnews1-gileadcxd

SAVING LIVES

The Gilead team responsible for Harvoni: Front row, from left: John Link, Chris Yang, Rowchanak Pakdaman, Bob Scott, and Benjamin Graetz. Back row, from left: Erik Mogalian and Bruce Ross. Not pictured: Michael Sofia.

Credit: Gilead Sciences

Gilead’s Harvoni is a combination of two antiviral agents, sofosbuvir and ledipasvir. “In hepatitis C, the virus mutates so rapidly that to overcome resistance, we use a combination of drugs, and each one pulls their own weight in the process,” says John Link, who discovered ledipasvir.

Link says that the amount of interdisciplinary collaboration on the drug was unprecedented for the company. “Once ledipasvir was discovered, the process chemists were right there with us understanding the kinds of things we were doing, and medicinal chemists and process chemists worked on making material to scale for preclinical studies,” he says. “We all realized this was our moment to make a difference for patients with hepatitis C.”

Harvoni is the first once-a-day pill for treatment of chronic hepatitis C, and it has a cure rate in the U.S. of 94-99%. The drug is an alternative to injected interferon treatment, which has been associated with significant side effects.

“The high cure rates that we saw in our clinical trials are really amazing,” Link says. “Before we had these compounds, I had only hoped that we could equal something like interferon-type regimens in cure rates, without all the horrible side effects. To dramatically exceed them is important for patients.”

Harvoni patients can attest to the drug’s effectiveness. Mark Melancon, who had contracted hepatitis C 25 years ago, says that after taking Harvoni, he now has no trace of the virus in his body, and his liver is beginning to repair itself. “Four weeks into it, and the virus was gone. Not detectable,” he says. “To have this virus hanging over my head for 25 years and then it was just gone, I can’t explain the feeling. The people who worked hard on this medication, they need to know that I appreciate it.”

REFERENCES

https://www.eiseverywhere.com/file_uploads/c2a2b5664a374fe807c0b95bb546321d_JordanFeld.pdf

WO2013075029A1 *	Nov 16, 2012	May 23, 2013	Gilead Sciences, Inc.	Condensed imidazolylimidazoles as antiviral compounds

References

1: Kanda T. Interferon-free treatment for HCV-infected patients with decompensated cirrhosis. Hepatol Int. 2016 Jun 9. [Epub ahead of print] Review. PubMed PMID: 27282879.

2: Gane EJ, Schwabe C, Hyland RH, Yang Y, Svarovskaia E, Stamm LM, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Stedman CA. Efficacy of the Combination of Sofosbuvir, Velpatasvir, and the NS3/4A Protease Inhibitor GS-9857 in Treatment-naïve or Previously Treated Patients with HCV Genotype 1 or 3 Infections. Gastroenterology. 2016 May 27. pii: S0016-5085(16)34513-9. doi: 10.1053/j.gastro.2016.05.021. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27240903.

3: Schreiber J, McNally J, Chodavarapu K, Svarovskaia E, Moreno C. Treatment of a patient with genotype 7 HCV infection with sofosbuvir and velpatasvir. Hepatology. 2016 May 14. doi: 10.1002/hep.28636. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 27177605.

4: Feld JJ, Zeuzem S. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1688-9. PubMed PMID: 27135095.

5: Curry MP, Charlton M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1688. PubMed PMID: 27135094.

6: Assy N, Barhoum M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1687. doi: 10.1056/NEJMc1601160#SA1. PubMed PMID: 27119243.

7: Foster GR, Mangia A, Sulkowski M. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for Patients with HCV Infection. N Engl J Med. 2016 Apr 28;374(17):1687-8. doi: 10.1056/NEJMc1601160. PubMed PMID: 27119242.

8: Smolders EJ, de Kanter CT, van Hoek B, Arends JE, Drenth JP, Burger DM. Pharmacokinetics, Efficacy, and Safety of Hepatitis C Virus Drugs in Patients with Liver and/or Renal Impairment. Drug Saf. 2016 Jul;39(7):589-611. doi: 10.1007/s40264-016-0420-2. Review. PubMed PMID: 27098247.

9: Majumdar A, Kitson MT, Roberts SK. Systematic review: current concepts and challenges for the direct-acting antiviral era in hepatitis C cirrhosis. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2016 Jun;43(12):1276-92. doi: 10.1111/apt.13633. Epub 2016 Apr 18. Review. PubMed PMID: 27087015.

10: Kahveci AS, Tahan V. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir: A complete pan-genotypic treatment for HCV patients. Turk J Gastroenterol. 2016 Mar;27(2):205-6. doi: 10.5152/tjg.2016.160000. PubMed PMID: 27015627.

11: Younossi ZM, Stepanova M, Feld J, Zeuzem S, Jacobson I, Agarwal K, Hezode C, Nader F, Henry L, Hunt S. Sofosbuvir/velpatasvir improves patient-reported outcomes in HCV patients: Results from ASTRAL-1 placebo-controlled trial. J Hepatol. 2016 Jul;65(1):33-9. doi: 10.1016/j.jhep.2016.02.042. Epub 2016 Mar 5. PubMed PMID: 26956698.

12: Gentile I, Scotto R, Zappulo E, Buonomo AR, Pinchera B, Borgia G. Investigational direct-acting antivirals in hepatitis C treatment: the latest drugs in clinical development. Expert Opin Investig Drugs. 2016 May;25(5):557-72. doi: 10.1517/13543784.2016.1161023. Epub 2016 Mar 21. PubMed PMID: 26934419.

13: Asselah T, Boyer N, Saadoun D, Martinot-Peignoux M, Marcellin P. Direct-acting antivirals for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection: optimizing current IFN-free treatment and future perspectives. Liver Int. 2016 Jan;36 Suppl 1:47-57. doi: 10.1111/liv.13027. Review. PubMed PMID: 26725897.

14: Bourlière M, Adhoute X, Ansaldi C, Oules V, Benali S, Portal I, Castellani P, Halfon P. Sofosbuvir plus ledipasvir in combination for the treatment of hepatitis C infection. Expert Rev Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2015;9(12):1483-94. doi: 10.1586/17474124.2015.1111757. Epub 2015 Nov 23. PubMed PMID: 26595560.

15: Foster GR, Afdhal N, Roberts SK, Bräu N, Gane EJ, Pianko S, Lawitz E, Thompson A, Shiffman ML, Cooper C, Towner WJ, Conway B, Ruane P, Bourlière M, Asselah T, Berg T, Zeuzem S, Rosenberg W, Agarwal K, Stedman CA, Mo H, Dvory-Sobol H, Han L, Wang J, McNally J, Osinusi A, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Mazzotta F, Tran TT, Gordon SC, Patel K, Reau N, Mangia A, Sulkowski M; ASTRAL-2 Investigators; ASTRAL-3 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 2 and 3 Infection. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2608-17. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512612. Epub 2015 Nov 17. PubMed PMID: 26575258.

16: Feld JJ, Jacobson IM, Hézode C, Asselah T, Ruane PJ, Gruener N, Abergel A, Mangia A, Lai CL, Chan HL, Mazzotta F, Moreno C, Yoshida E, Shafran SD, Towner WJ, Tran TT, McNally J, Osinusi A, Svarovskaia E, Zhu Y, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Agarwal K, Zeuzem S; ASTRAL-1 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV Genotype 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 Infection. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2599-607. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512610. Epub 2015 Nov 16. PubMed PMID: 26571066.

17: Curry MP, O’Leary JG, Bzowej N, Muir AJ, Korenblat KM, Fenkel JM, Reddy KR, Lawitz E, Flamm SL, Schiano T, Teperman L, Fontana R, Schiff E, Fried M, Doehle B, An D, McNally J, Osinusi A, Brainard DM, McHutchison JG, Brown RS Jr, Charlton M; ASTRAL-4 Investigators. Sofosbuvir and Velpatasvir for HCV in Patients with Decompensated Cirrhosis. N Engl J Med. 2015 Dec 31;373(27):2618-28. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1512614. Epub 2015 Nov 16. PubMed PMID: 26569658.

18: Pianko S, Flamm SL, Shiffman ML, Kumar S, Strasser SI, Dore GJ, McNally J, Brainard DM, Han L, Doehle B, Mogalian E, McHutchison JG, Rabinovitz M, Towner WJ, Gane EJ, Stedman CA, Reddy KR, Roberts SK. Sofosbuvir Plus Velpatasvir Combination Therapy for Treatment-Experienced Patients With Genotype 1 or 3 Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A Randomized Trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Dec 1;163(11):809-17. doi: 10.7326/M15-1014. Epub 2015 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 26551263.

19: Everson GT, Towner WJ, Davis MN, Wyles DL, Nahass RG, Thuluvath PJ, Etzkorn K, Hinestrosa F, Tong M, Rabinovitz M, McNally J, Brainard DM, Han L, Doehle B, McHutchison JG, Morgan T, Chung RT, Tran TT. Sofosbuvir With Velpatasvir in Treatment-Naive Noncirrhotic Patients With Genotype 1 to 6 Hepatitis C Virus Infection: A Randomized Trial. Ann Intern Med. 2015 Dec 1;163(11):818-26. doi: 10.7326/M15-1000. Epub 2015 Nov 10. PubMed PMID: 26551051.

20: Mogalian E, German P, Kearney BP, Yang CY, Brainard D, McNally J, Moorehead L, Mathias A. Use of Multiple Probes to Assess Transporter- and Cytochrome P450-Mediated Drug-Drug Interaction Potential of the Pangenotypic HCV NS5A Inhibitor Velpatasvir. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2016 May;55(5):605-13. doi: 10.1007/s40262-015-0334-7. PubMed PMID: 26519191.

Patent ID	Date	Patent Title
US2013309196	2013-11-21	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US8575135	2013-11-05	Antiviral compounds
US2013164260	2013-06-27	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS

Patent ID	Date	Patent Title
US2015064252	2015-03-05	SOLID DISPERSION FORMULATION OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015064253	2015-03-05	COMBINATION FORMULATION OF TWO ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US8940718	2015-01-27	Antiviral compounds
US8921341	2014-12-30	Antiviral compounds
US2014357595	2014-12-04	METHODS OF PREVENTING AND TREATING RECURRENCE OF A HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION IN A SUBJECT AFTER THE SUBJECT HAS RECEIVED A LIVER TRANSPLANT
US2014343008	2014-11-20	HEPATITIS C TREATMENT
US2014316144	2014-10-23	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014309432	2014-10-16	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014212491	2014-07-31	COMBINATION FORMULATION OF TWO ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2014018313	2014-01-16	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS

Patent ID	Date	Patent Title
US2016083394	2016-03-24	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US9221833	2015-12-29	Antiviral compounds
US2015361073	2015-12-17	PROCESSES FOR PREPARING ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015361085	2015-12-17	SOLID FORMS OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015361087	2015-12-17	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015353529	2015-12-10	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015299213	2015-10-22	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS
US2015175646	2015-06-25	SOLID FORMS OF AN ANTIVIRAL COMPOUND
US2015150897	2015-06-04	METHODS OF TREATING HEPATITIS C VIRUS INFECTION IN SUBJECTS WITH CIRRHOSIS
US2015141326	2015-05-21	ANTIVIRAL COMPOUNDS

Velpatasvir
Systematic (IUPAC) name

(2S)-2-{[hydroxy(methoxy)methylidene]amino}-1-[(2S,5S)-2-(17-{2-[(2S,4S)-1-[(2R)-2-{[hydroxy(methoxy)methylidene]amino}-2-phenylacetyl]-4-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl]-1H-imidazol-5-yl}-21-oxa-5,7-diazapentacyclo[11.8.0.0³,¹¹.0⁴,⁸.0¹⁴,¹⁹]henicosa-1(13),2,4(8),6,9,11,14(19),15,17-nonaen-6-yl)-5-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methylbutan-1-one
Identifiers
CAS Number	1377049-84-7
PubChem	CID 67683363
ChemSpider	34501056
UNII	KCU0C7RS7Z
Chemical data
Formula	C₄₉H₅₄N₈O₈
Molar mass	883.02 g·mol⁻¹

//////////////VELPATASVIR, GS-5816, GILEAD SCIENCES, Epclusa , FDA 2016, велпатасвир,فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 , велпатасвир, فالباتاسفير , 维帕他韦 , Elizabeth Bacon, Sheila Zipfel

UNII:KCU0C7RS7Z

C[C@H]1CC[C@H](N1C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)OC)C2=NC3=C(N2)C=CC4=CC5=C(C=C43)OCC6=C5C=CC(=C6)C7=CN=C(N7)[C@@H]8C[C@@H](CN8C(=O)[C@@H](C9=CC=CC=C9)NC(=O)OC)COC

RNA virus antivirals (primarily J05, also S01AD and D06BB)

Hepatitis C

NS3/4A protease inhibitors (–previr)	Asunaprevir Boceprevir Faldaprevir^‡ Grazoprevir Paritaprevir Simeprevir Telaprevir

NS5A inhibitors (–asvir)	Daclatasvir Elbasvir Ledipasvir MK-3682 MK-8408 Odalasvir^† Ombitasvir Ravidasvir^† Samatasvir^† Velpatasvir

NS5B RNA polymerase inhibitors (–buvir)	Beclabuvir^† Dasabuvir Deleobuvir^§ Filibuvir^§ Setrobuvir^§ Sofosbuvir Radalbuvir^†

Combination drugs	Elbasvir/grazoprevir Ledipasvir/sofosbuvir Ombitasvir/paritaprevir/ritonavir Velpatasvir/sofosbuvir

Picornavirus

viral entry: Pleconaril^†

Anti-influenza agents

Umifenovir

neuraminidase inhibitors/release phase (Oseltamivir
Zanamivir
Peramivir, Laninamivir^†)

Multiple/general

Interferon	Interferon alfa 2b Peginterferon alfa-2a^#

Multiple/unknown	BCX4430 Favipiravir Moroxydine Ribavirin^#/Taribavirin^† Triazavirin

^#WHO-EM
^‡Withdrawn from market
Clinical trials:
- ^†Phase III
- ^§Never to phase III

/////

N-Butylpyrrolidinone as a dipolar aprotic solvent for organic synthesis

SYNTHESIS, Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 292016

N-Butylpyrrolidinone as a dipolar aprotic solvent for organic synthesis

Green Chem., 2016, 18,3990-3996
DOI: 10.1039/C6GC00932H, Paper

James Sherwood, Helen L. Parker, Kristof Moonen, Thomas J. Farmer, Andrew J. Hunt
N-Butylpyrrolidinone (NBP) has been demonstrated as a suitable safer replacement solvent for N-Methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) in selected organic syntheses.

N-Butylpyrrolidinone as a dipolar aprotic solvent for organic synthesis

James Sherwood,^a Helen L. Parker,^a Kristof Moonen,^b Thomas J. Farmer^a and Andrew J. Hunt*^a

*Corresponding authors

^aGreen Chemistry Centre of Excellence, Department of Chemistry, University of York, UK
E-mail: andrew.hunt@york.ac.uk

^bEastman Chemical Company, Pantserschipstraat 207 – B-9000, Gent, Belgium

Green Chem., 2016,18, 3990-3996

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/Content/ArticleLanding/2016/GC/C6GC00932H?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+rss%2FGC+%28RSC+-+Green+Chem.+latest+articles%29#!divAbstract
DOI: 10.1039/C6GC00932H

Dipolar aprotic solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidinone (or 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)) are under increasing pressure from environmental regulation. NMP is a known reproductive toxin and has been placed on the EU “Substances of Very High Concern” list. Accordingly there is an urgent need for non-toxic alternatives to the dipolar aprotic solvents. N-Butylpyrrolidinone, although structurally similar to NMP, is not mutagenic or reprotoxic, yet retains many of the characteristics of a dipolar aprotic solvent. This work introduces N-butylpyrrolidinone as a new solvent for cross-coupling reactions and other syntheses typically requiring a conventional dipolar aprotic solvent.

//////////////N-Butylpyrrolidinone, dipolar aprotic solvent, organic synthesis\

Bhandardhara, maharashtra, India

भंडारदरा

Bhandardara

Village in India

Bhandardara is a holiday resort village on the western ghat of India. The village is located in the Ahmednagar district of the state of Maharashtra, about 185 kilometers from Mumbai. Wikipedia

/////////

Rapid, metal-free and aqueous synthesis of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine under ambient conditions

Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 292016

Rapid, metal-free and aqueous synthesis of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine under ambient conditions

Green Chem., 2016, Advance Article
DOI: 10.1039/C6GC01601D, Communication

Open Access

This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported Licence.

Michael R. Chapman, Maria H. T. Kwan, Georgina E. King, Benjamin A. Kyffin, A. John Blacker, Charlotte E. Willans, Bao N. Nguyen
A route to access the privileged imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine scaffold in one step, 1-10 minutes using only aqueous NaOH, is reported.

Rapid, metal-free and aqueous synthesis of imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine under ambient conditions

Michael R. Chapman,^a Maria H. T. Kwan,^a Georgina E. King,^a Benjamin A. Kyffin,^a A. John Blacker,^a Charlotte E. Willans*^a and Bao N. Nguyen*^a

*Corresponding authors

^aInstitute of Process Research and Development, School of Chemistry, University of Leeds, Leeds, UK
E-mail: b.nguyen@leeds.ac.uk

Green Chem., 2016, Advance Article

DOI: 10.1039/C6GC01601D

see………..http://pubs.rsc.org/en/Content/ArticleLanding/2016/GC/C6GC01601D?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+rss%2FGC+%28RSC+-+Green+Chem.+latest+articles%29#!divAbstract

see http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlehtml/2016/gc/c6gc01601d

A novel, rapid and efficient route to imidazo[1,2-a]pyridines under ambient, aqueous and metal-free conditions is reported. The NaOH-promoted cycloisomerisations of N-propargylpyridiniums give quantitative yield in a few minutes (10 g scale). A comparison of common green metrics to current routes showed clear improvements, with at least a one order of magnitude increase in space-time-yield.

Scheme 1 Synthetic methods to assemble imidazo[1,2-a]pyridines.

Fig. 1 A scaled up reaction setup. (a) before reaction; (b) during addition of 1a (zoomed in); (c) phase separation at the end of the reaction (zoomed in).

2-Aminopyridine (6.12 g, 65.0 mmol), propargyl bromide (11.6 g of an 80 wt.% solution in toluene, 78 mmol, 1.2 equiv) and 2-propanol (200 mL) charged to a round bottomed flask and stirred at 50 C for 2 hours. After which, a pale yellow solid precipitated from solution. This was filtered and washed with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL) followed by drying in vacuo to give product 1a in 11.1 g (52 mmol, 80% isolated yield). To a stirring solution of NaOH (1.90 g, 47.5 mmol) in deionised H2O (70 mL) was added 2-amino-1- (2-propynyl)pyridinium bromide 1a (10.0 g, 47.0 mmol) via powder addition funnel (a) over a period of 5 minutes. Immediately upon addition, the solution phase turned yellow (b – d) and a yellow oil became dispersed as a distinct separate phase (e). The oil (product) was subsequently extracted into EtOAc (2 × 30 mL) (f), dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine 2a as a spectroscopically pure pale yellow oil. Yield: 6.12 g, 98% yield.

2-Amino-1-(2-propynyl)pyridinium bromide 1a: 1

1 M. Bakherad, H. N. –Isfahani, A. Keivanloo, N. Doostmohammadi, Tetrahedron Lett. 2008, 49, 3819-3822

2-Aminopyridine was reacted according to the general procedure (vide supra), affording the product as a colourless solid. Yield: 0.88 g, 83% yield.

1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O): δ (ppm) 8.08 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H, pyH), 7.93 (t, J = 16.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H, pyH), 7.17 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H, pyH), 7.01 (t, J = 14.1, 6.9 Hz, 1H, pyH), 5.06 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 2H, CH2), 3.18 (t, J = 5.1, 2.7 Hz, 1H, C≡CH).

13C{1H} NMR (100 MHz, D2O): δ (ppm) 153.8, 143.1, 138.5, 115.2, 113.9, 78.6, 73.2, 43.5.

HR-MS (ESI+ ): m/z 133.0756 [C8H9N2] + , calcd. [M – Br]+ 133.0760.

Anal. calcd. (%) for C8H9N2Br: C 45.10, H 4.26, N 13.15; found C 45.40, H 4.30, N 13.20.

Lit. data:1 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8.72 (s, 2H, NH2), 8.23 – 6.85 (m, 4H, pyH), 5.12 (s, 2H, CH2), 3.85 (s, 1H, CH).

13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 154.5, 143.6, 139.8, 115.8, 114.0, 80.5, 76.0, 43.9.

1H NMR BELOW 1a

2-Methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine 2a:1 2-Amino-1-(2-propynyl)pyridinium bromide (1a) was reacted according to the general procedure (vide supra), affording the product as a colourless oil which solidifies under vacuum at room temperature. Yield: 0.13 g, 100% yield.

1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 8.24 (dt, J = 6.6, 2.1, 0.9 Hz, 1H, pyH), 7.58 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H, pyH), 7.49 (s, 1H, imH), 7.20 (m, 1H, pyH), 6.80 (td, J = 9.0, 6.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H, pyH), 2.41 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 3H, CH3).

13C{1H} NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 143.2, 140.2, 126.5, 126.1, 115.2, 113.3, 110.2, 13.1.

HR-MS (ESI+ ): m/z 133.0759 [C8H9N2] + , calcd. [M + H]+ 133.0760.

Anal. calcd. (%) for C8H8N2: C 72.70, H 6.10, N 21.10; found C 72.70, H 6.50, N 20.75.

Lit. data:1 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8.29 (s, 1H, CH), 7.59 – 7.03 (m, 4H, pyH), 1.21 (s, 3H, CH3).

13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) 148.0, 140.0, 137.1, 130.8, 130.1, 116.2, 114.5, 34.1.

1 M. Bakherad, H. N. –Isfahani, A. Keivanloo, N. Doostmohammadi, Tetrahedron Lett. 2008, 49, 3819-3822

//////////

Varenicline (Chantix™) バレニクリン酒石酸塩

Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 282016

Varenicline (Chantix™)

Varenicline

MF C₁₃H₁₃N₃
MW 211.26

(1R,12S)-5,8,14-Triazatétracyclo[10.3.1.0^2,11.0^4,9]hexadéca-2,4,6,8,10-pentaène [French] [ACD/IUPAC Name]

6,10-Methano-6H-azepino[4,5-g]quinoxaline, 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-, (6R,10S)- [ACD/Index Name]

Champix

(1R,12S)-5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadeca-2(11),3,5,7,9-pentaene

CP-526,555

MFCD08460603

MFCD10001497

UNII:W6HS99O8ZO

APPROVALS

FDA MAY 10, 2006

EMA SEPT 2006

PMDA JAPAN JAN 25 2008

Varenicline (trade name Chantix and Champix usually in the form of varenicline tartrate), is a prescription medication used to treatnicotine addiction. Varenicline is a nicotinic receptor partial agonist—it stimulates nicotine receptors more weakly than nicotine itself does. In this respect it is similar to cytisine and different from the nicotinic antagonist, bupropion, and nicotine replacement therapies(NRTs) like nicotine patches and nicotine gum. As a partial agonist it both reduces cravings for and decreases the pleasurable effects of cigarettes and other tobacco products. Through these mechanisms it can assist some patients to quit smoking.

Varenicline

CAS Registry Number: 249296-44-4

CAS Name: 7,8,9,10-Tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h][3]benzazepine

Additional Names: 5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.02,11.04,9]hexadeca-2(11)-3,5,7,9-pentaene

Manufacturers’ Codes: CP-526555

Molecular Formula: C13H13N3

Molecular Weight: 211.26

Percent Composition: C 73.91%, H 6.20%, N 19.89%

Literature References: Nicotinic a4b2 acetylcholine receptor partial agonist. Prepn: P. R. P. Brooks, J. W. Coe, WO 0162736(2001 to Pfizer). Synthesis, receptor binding studies, and in vivo dopaminergic acitvity: J. W. Coe et al., J. Med. Chem. 48, 3474 (2005). Metabolism: R. S. Obach et al., Drug Metab. Dispos. 34, 121 (2006).

Derivative Type: Tartrate

CAS Registry Number: 375815-87-5

Trademarks: Champix (Pfizer)

Molecular Formula: C13H13N3.C4H6O6

Molecular Weight: 361.35

Percent Composition: C 56.51%, H 5.30%, N 11.63%, O 26.57%

Therap-Cat: Aid in smoking cessation.

バレニクリン酒石酸塩
Varenicline Tartrate

C₁₃H₁₃N₃▪C₄H₆O₆ : 361.35
[375815-87-5]

Medical uses

Varenicline is used for smoking cessation. In a 2009 meta-analysis varenicline was found to be more effective than bupropion (odds ratio 1.40) and NRTs (odds ratio 1.56).^[1]

A 2013 Cochrane overview and network meta-analysis concluded that varenicline is the most effective medication for tobacco cessation and that smokers were nearly three times more likely to quit on varenicline than with placebo treatment. Varenicline was more efficacious than bupropion or NRT and as effective as combination NRT for tobacco smoking cessation.^[2]^[3]

The United States’ Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) has approved the use of varenicline for up to twelve weeks. If smoking cessation has been achieved it may be continued for another twelve weeks.^[4]

Varenicline has not been tested in those under 18 years old or pregnant women and therefore is not recommended for use by these groups. Varenicline is considered a class C pregnancy drug, as animal studies have shown no increased risk of congenital anomalies, however, no data from human studies is available.^[5] An observational study is currently being conducted assessing for malformations related to varenicline exposure, but has no results yet.^[6] An alternate drug is preferred for smoking cessation during breastfeeding due to lack of information and based on the animal studies on nicotine.^[7]

Varenicline L-tartrate (Compound I) is the international commonly accepted name for 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6i7-pyrazino [2, 3- h] [3 ] benzazepme, (2R, 3R) -2 , 3-dihydroxybutanedioate (1:1) (which is also known as 5,8,14- tπazatetracyclo [10.3.1. O²‘¹¹. O⁴‘⁹] -hexadeca-2 (11) , 3, 5, 7, 9-pentaene, (2R, 3R)-2,3- dihydroxybutanedioate (1:1)) and has an empirical formula of C13H13N3 ^• C4H6O6 and a molecular weight of 361.35. Varenicline L-tartrate is a commercially marketed pharmaceutically active substance known to be useful for the treatment of smoking addiction.

Varenicline L-tartrate is a partial agonist selective for (X₄β₂ nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subtypes. In the United States, varenicline L-tartrate is marketed under the name Chantix™ for the treatment of smoking cessation. Varenicline base and its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550. In particular, Example 26 of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 describes the preparation of varenicline hydrochloride salt using 1- (4 , 5-dinitro-10- aza-tπcyclo [6.3.1.O²‘⁷] dodeca-2, 4, 6-trien-10-yl) -2,2,2- tπfluoroethanone (compound of formula (III)) as starting compound. On the other hand, Example HA) of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 illustrates the preparation of compound of formula (III) via nitration of compound of formula (II) using an excess of nitronium triflate (>4 equiv) as a nitrating agent. The process disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 is depicted in Scheme 1.

VareniclineΗCl

Scheme 1

However, Coe et al., J. Med. Chem., 48, 3474 (2005), describes the same process and examples as U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, and it also reveals that this process affords intermediate ortho-4 , 5-dinitrocompound of formula (III) together with the meta-3, 5-dinitro- isomer (i.e. the meta-dinitrocompound) in a ratio 9:1. The presence of the meta-dinitrocompound may affect not only the purity of the intermediate compound of formula III but it may also have an effect on the purity of the final varenicline tartrate, given that it can be carried along the synthetic pathway and/or it can also give rise to other derivative impurities. Thereby, as well as in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, in order to isolate pure compound of formula (III) , the raw product is triturated with ethyl acetate/hexane to afford compound of formula (III) with 77% yield. Additionally, the mother liquor is purified by chromatography on silica gel to improve the yield to a total of 82.8%. However, this process is not desirable for industrial implementation since it requires extensive and complicated purification procedures, i.e. trituration of the solid product along with column chromatography purification of the mother liquor, which is not very efficient or suitable for industrial scale-up.

Several improved processes for the synthesis of varenicline or its salts have been reported in the literature (e.g. WO2006/090236) . However, none of these processes tackle the optimization of the purification step of compound of formula (III).

There is therefore the need for providing an improved process for the preparation of varenicline L- tartrate which involves simple experimental procedures well suited to industrial production, which avoids the use of column chromatography purifications, and which affords high pure varenicline L-tartrate which hence can be used directly as a starting product for the preparation of the marketed pharmaceutical speciality.

Additionally, it has been observed that varenicline L-tartrate is usually obtained as a yellow solid under – A –

standard synthetic conditions. In this regard, colour must be attributed to the presence of some specific impurities that may or may not be detectable by conventional methods such as HPLC. The presence of impurities may adversely affect the safety and shelf life of formulations. In this connection, International application No. WO2006/090236 describes the isolation of vareniclme L- tartrate as a white solid. However, in order to remove coloured impurities, the varenicline L-tartrate obtained in WO2006/090236 is treated with a particular activated carbon having a specific grade (i.e. Darco KB-B™) . In fact, Example 5 of WO2006/090236 describes a large reprocessing step which comprises: dissolving varenicline L-tartrate in water, adding toluene, basifying with NaOH aqueous solution, collecting the toluene phase containing varenicline free base, distilling, adding methanol, azeotropically distilling the mixture, and adding more methanol to obtain a methanolic solution containing varenicline free base, adding Darco KB-B™ (10% w/w) , stirring for one hour, filtering through a pad of celite, and treating with L-tartaric acid to give varenicline L- tartrate salt as a white solid. Further, WO2006/090236 provides the absorbance at 430 nm of a varenicline L- tartrate salt solution, either in dichloromethane or in toluene, with or without using Darco KB-B™ activated carbon. However, this measure cannot be used to corroborate the whiteness of the solid varenicline L- tartrate. In addition, Example 3 of International application No. WO2002/092089, also disclose the preparation of varenicline L-tartrate polymorphic form C (i.e. a hydrate polymorph) as a white precipitate. Therefore, there is also a need for a simple and efficient method for preparing varenicline L-tartrate with enhanced whiteness and having a high purity.

SYNTHESIS

Synthesis of Intermediate VIII

Paper

J. Med. Chem. 48, 3474 (2005).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jm050069n

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2001062736A1?cl=en

CLIP

Profiles of Drug Substances, Excipients and Related Methodology, Volume 37

edited by Harry G. Brittain

SYNTHESIS

DOI: 10.1021/jm00190a020
DOI: 10.1021/jm050069n

CLIP

Scheme (I) compound patent US6410550B1 is provided adjacent difluorobromobenzene as raw materials by DA reaction, oxidation, cyclization, debenzylation get varenicline intermediate (II). The synthesis route is as follows:

CLIP

Patent CN101693712A mainly given varenicline intermediate (II) The preparation process is different from the compound patented. After the five-step method patents cited compounds. The entire route is longer, while using a large number of precious metal catalysts and reaction conditions need very strict control, inappropriate EVAL industry production.

CLIP

PATENT

CN 102827079

A varenicline intermediate 2,3, 4, 5-tetrahydro-1,5-methylene bridge synthesis -1H-3- benzazepine hydrochloride, which comprises the following Step: (1) 2-indanone of formula 3 and the compound and paraformaldehyde under alkaline or acidic conditions Mannich reaction, as shown in general formula 2 intermediate; (2) the step (I) obtained through reaction of Formula 2 intermediate under basic or acidic conditions by reducing the role of the carbonyl group is reduced to a methylene group, and get varenicline intermediate (II) by debenzylation, the reaction is:

Wherein, R groups are selected from _H, _Me, _Et, _iPr> _t_Bu.

Figure 2;

Wherein, R group is -H, -Me, -Et, -iPr or -t_Bu.

(2) Step (I) obtained by the reaction intermediates of formula under basic or acidic conditions by reducing the role of the carbonyl group is reduced 2 methylene, and get by debenzylation cutting Lenk Lin intermediate (II);

CLIP

Varenicline, a nicotinic 􀀁4􀀂2 partial agonist, was approved in the US for the treatment of smoking cessation in May of 2006. It was developed and marketed by Pfizer as a treatment for cigarette smokers who want to quit. Varenicline partially activates the nicotinic receptors and thus reduces the craving for cigarette that smokers feel when they try to quit smoking. By mitigating this craving and antagonizing nicotine activity without other symptoms, this novel drug helps quitting this dangerous addiction easier on the patients [6,52]. Several modifications [54,55] to the original synthesis [53,56] have been reported in the literature, including an improved process scale synthesis of the last few steps (Scheme 15) [57]. The Grignard reaction was initiated on a small scale by addition of 2-bromo fluorobenzene 113 to a slurry of Magnesium turnings and catalytic 1,2-dibromoethane in THF and heating the mixture until refluxing in maintained. To this refluxing mixture was added a mixture of the 2-bromo fluorobenzene 113 and cyclopentadiene 114 over a period of 1.5 h. After complete addition, the reaction was allowed to reflux for additional 1.5 h to give the Diels- Alder product 115 in 64% yield. Dihydroxylation of the olefin 115 by reacting with catalytic osmium tetraoxide in the presence of N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO) in acetone: water mixture at room temperature provided the diol 116 in 89% yield. Oxidative cleavage of diol 116 with sodium periodate in biphasic mixture of water: DCE at 10ºC provided di-aldehyde 117 which was immediately reacted with benzyl amine in the presence of sodium acetoxyborohydride to give benzyl amine 118 in 85.7% yield. The removal of the benzyl group was effected by hydrogenation of the HCl salt in 40-50 psi hydrogen pressure with 20% Pd(OH)2 in methanol to give amine hydrochloride 119 in 88% yield. Treatment of amine 119 with trifluoroacetic anhydride and pyridine in dichloromethane at 0ºC gave trifluoroacetamide 120 in 94% yield. Dinitro compound 121 was prepared by addition of trifluoroacetamide 120 to a mixture of trifluoromethane sulfonic acid and nitric acid, which was premixed, in dichloromethane at 0ºC. Reduction of the dinitro compound 121 by hydrogenation at 40-50 psi hydrogen in the presence of catalytic 5%Pd/C in isopropanol:water mixture provided the diamine intermediate 122 which was quickly reacted with glyoxal in water at room temperature for 18h to give compound 123 in 85% overall yield. The trifluoroacetamide 123 was then hydrolyzed with 2 M sodium hydroxide in toluene at 37-40ºC for 2-3h followed by preparation of tartrate salt in methanol to furnish varenicline tartrate (XV).

[52]Keating, G.; Siddiqui, M. A. A. CNSdrugs, 2006, 11, 946.
[53] Coe, J. W.; Brooks, P. R.; Vetelino, M. G.; Wirtz, M. C.; Arnold,E. P. ; Huang, J.; Sands, S. B.; Davis, T. I.; Lebel, L. A.; Fox, C.
B.; Shrikhande, A.; Heym, J. H.; Schaeffer, E.; Rollema, H.; Lu,Y.; Mansbach, R. S.; Chambers, L. K.; Rovetti, C. C.; Schulz, D.
W.; Tingley, III, F. D.; O’Neill, B. T. J. Med. Chem., 2005, 48,3474.
[54] Brooks, P. R.; Caron, S.; Coe, J. W.; Ng, K. K.; Singer, R. A.;Vazquez, E.; Vetelino, M. G.; Watson, Jr. H. H.; Whritenour, D.
C.; Wirtz, M. C. Synthesis, 2004, 11, 1755.
[55] Singer, R. A.; McKinley, J. D.; Barbe, G.; Farlow, R. A. Org. Lett.,2004, 6, 2357.
[56] Coe, J. W.; Brooks, P. R. P. US-6410550 B1, 2002.
[57] Busch, F. R.; Hawkins, J. M.; Mustakis, L. G.; Sinay, T. G., Jr.;Watson, T. J. N.; Withbroe, G. J. WO-2006090236 A1, 2006.

PATENT

WO 2002085843

https://google.com/patents/WO2002085843A2?cl=en

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/EP2204369A1?cl=en

Varenicline (a compound I of formula I) is the international commonly accepted non-proprietary name for 7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h][3]benzazepine (which is also known as 5,8,14-triazatetracyclo[10.3.1.0^2,11.0^4,9]-hexadeca-2(11),3,5,7,9-pentaene), and has an empirical formula of C₁₃H₁₃N₃ and a molecular weight of 211.26.

The L-tartrate salt of varenicline is known to be therapeutically useful and is commercially marketed for the treatment of smoking addiction. Varenicline L-tartrate is a partial agonist selective for α₄β₂ nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subtypes. In the United States, varenicline L-tartrate is marketed under the trade mark Chantix and is indicated as an aid to smoking cessation treatment.

Varenicline base and its pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 . In particular, the preparation of varenicline provided in this reference makes use of 10-aza-tricyclo[6.3.1.0^2,7]-dodeca-2(7),3,5-triene (a compound of Formula VI), as a key intermediate compound (see Scheme 1 below). Specifically, Example 1 of U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550 describes the synthetic preparation of key intermediate compound of Formula VI as depicted in Scheme 1.

1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III), and / or indane-1,3-dicarbaldehyde (a compound of Formula IV).

Example 1: Preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III)

A 10mL round bottom flask was charged with a compound of formula II (142mg, 1mmol), N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide (120mg, 1.03mmol), tert-butanol (3mL) and water (1mL). FibreCat^™ 3003 (OsO₄ anchored onto a polymeric support) (11.6mg, 0.0025mmol) was added to this solution and the mixture was heated to reflux. Complete conversion to a compound of formula III was detected by GC, method A, after 48h.

Example 2: Preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,4-methano-naphthalene-cis-2,3-diol (a compound of Formula III)Step A) Preparation of hexadecyl-trimethylammoniumpermanganate (HTAP):

HTAP was prepared from ion exchange reaction between hexadecyltrimethylammoniumbromide and potassium permanganate.

Potassium permanganate (17.38g, 0.11mol, 1equiv.) was dissolved in 500mL water. A solution of hexadecyltrimethylammoniumbromide (40.10g, 0.11mol, 1equiv) in 500mL water was added drop-wise over 45 min at 20-22°C, and the mixture stirred for 30 minutes at this temperature. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water (3 x 100mL) and dried under vacuum at 35°C for 24 hours to give 34.38g of HTAP as a light purple solid.

Step B) Preparation of a compound of formula III:

Compound II (3.52g, 24.8mmol, 1equiv.) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (80mL) and a solution of HTAP (10g, 24.8mmol, 1.0equiv.) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (125mL) was added drop-wise at 23-30°C over 45min. The reaction was monitored by TLC (hexane-ethyl acetate = 1:1). After complete reaction the mixture was cooled to below 10°C, and methyl tert-butyl ether (50mL) and 5% aqueous NaOH solution (50mL) were added and the mixture stirred for 30min. The solid was removed by filtration, and washed with methyl tert-butyl ether (2 x 30mL). The combined layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous phase extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (2 x 30mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with 5% aqueous NaOH solution (50mL), water (2 x 50mL), dried over MgSO₄, filtered and concentrated to obtain a dark green solid. This residue was suspended in acetone (15mL) and collected by filtration, washing with additional acetone (3 x 5mL). The product was dried under vacuum at 40°C to give 2.215g (50.7% yield) as a white crystalline solid.

Analytical data: m.p. = 178.8-179.3°C; ¹H-NMR: See Figure 1; ¹³C-NMR: See Figure 2.

Example 3: Preparation of indane-1,3-dicarbaldehyde (a compound of Formula IV)

A 25 mL round bottom flask was charged with a compound of formula I (142mg, 1mmol), Ruthenium (III) chloride hydrate (Aldrich, Reagent Plus^™) (7.2mg, 0.035mmol), acetonitrile (8.5mL) and water (1.1mL). The solution was heated to 45°C and sodium periodate (449mg, 2.1mmol) was added portionwise over 25 minutes. After 1h, the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and filtered. The solids were washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 2mL) and water (3mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and 5mL of water were added to the obtained residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 5mL) and the combination of the organic layers was washed with water (3 x 5mL), dried with MgSO₄ and concentrated under vacuum to obtain a compound of formula IV (118mg) in 68% yield, 70.9% purity (analyzed by GC, method A).

PATENT

WO 199935131, WO 2002092089, US 2013030179

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009065872A2?cl=en

Example 1: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazino [2, 3-h] [3] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. varenicline L-tartrate)

A) Preparation of compound of formula (III)

This example is based on U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550.

A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with 10-aza-tricyclo [ 6.3.1. O²‘⁷] dodeca-2, 4, 6- triene para-toluene sulfonic acid salt (12.4g, 37.5 mmol) and 44 mL of CH₂Cl₂. Triethylamine (8.3 g, 82.5 mmol) was added to the slurry and the resulting solution was cooled to 0-5 ⁰C. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of (CF₃CO)₂O (8.1q, 41.25 mmol) in 19 mL of CH₂Cl₂. This solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture, maintaining the temperature < 15 ⁰C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the complete conversion was monitored by GC. The crude reaction mixture was washed with water (2 * 40 mL) and brine (40 mL) . The organic phase was used in the next step without further purification.

On the other hand, a 500 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with CF₃SO₃H (25.9 g, 172.5 mmol), CH₂Cl₂ (110 mL) and cooled to 0-5 ⁰C. At this temperature, fuming nitric acid (5.4 g, 86.25 mmol) was added slowly. To the resulting slurry at 0-5 ⁰C, the solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added, maintaining the temperature < 15 ⁰C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The complete dinitration was confirmed by GC. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water (60 mL) an ice (80 g) and stirred. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3 x 50 mL) . The mixture of the organic phases was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO₃, dried over Na₂SO₄ and volatiles evaporated under vacuum to obtain 11.9 g of a solid that was suspended and stirred for 2 hours in AcOEt (12 mL) and hexanes (24 mL) . The solid was filtered and washed with hexanes to obtain the compound of formula (III), 9.1g with a purity of 88.9% by GC (9.8% of meta-dimtrocompound impurity) .

B) Preparation of compound of formula (IV)

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) (9.1 g, 26.3 mmol), damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 180 mL of a 2- propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered through Celite and washed with 2-propanol (40 mL) . To this solution, K₂HPO₄(458 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 ⁰C and a solution of 4.07 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (14.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 68 mL and water (128 mL) was added drop- wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried m a oven at 50 ⁰C to obtain the compound of formula (IV), 6.78 g.

C) Preparation of vareniclme L-tartrate (compound of formula (I) )

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with compound of formula (IV) (6.78 g, 22 mmol) and toluene

(47 mL) . To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (2.7 g, 68.2 mmol) in water (34 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40⁰C and stirred for 4 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (68 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (30 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (90 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved in 156 mL of MeOH. 1.3 g of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min and filtered through Celite to obtain an intense yellow solution. The process with activated carbon was repeated without any improvement in the colour. This solution was added drop-wise over a solution of L- tartaric acid (3.63 g, 24.2 mmol) in MeOH (47 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 72 hours at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried in an oven at 50 ⁰C for 8 hours, to obtain 5.05 g of varenicline L-tartrate as a yellow solid with a 95.5% purity by HPLC (4.4% of unknown impurity A). Colour L: 92.75, a*: -7.19, b*:43.08.

Comparative Example 2: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazmo [2, 3-h] [3 ] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. varenicline L-tartrate) A) Preparation of compound of formula (IV)

This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) prepared according to Comparative Example 1.A) (4.1 g) , 123 mg of damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 81 mL of a 2-propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 24 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered through Celite and washed with 2-propanol (16 mL) . To this solution, K₂HPO₄ (207 mg, 1.19 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 ⁰C and a solution of 1.84 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (6.6 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 30 mL and water (56 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water and dried in a oven at 50 ⁰C to obtain 3.15 g of compound of formula (IV) .

B) Preparation of vareniclme L-tartrate (compound of formula (I) )

This example is based on International application No. WO/2006/090236. A 100 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with

7, 8, 9, 10-tetrahydro-8- (tπfluoroacetyl) -6, 10-methano-6H- pyrazino [2 , 3-h] [3] benzazepine, i.e. compound of formula

(IV) (3.14 g, 10.2 mmol) and toluene (22 mL) . To this solution was added a solution of NaOH (1.3 g, 31.6 mmol) in water (16 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40 ⁰C and stirred for 2.5 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (30 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (15 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (45 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved m 70 mL of MeOH. 314 mg of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 mm and filtered through Celite to obtain a yellow solution. This solution was added drop-wise over a solution of L- tartaπc acid (1.68 g, 11.22 mmol) m MeOH (22 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH (2 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum, to obtain vareniclme L-tartrate (2.48 g) as a yellow solid with a 95.6% purity by HPLC (4.4% of unknown impurity A). Colour L: 99.50, a*: -4.98, b*:43.02

Comparative Example 3: Preparation of 7,8,9,10- tetrahydro-6, 10-methano-6H-pyrazino [2, 3-h] [3 ] benzazepine L-tartrate (i.e. vareniclme L-tartrate)

This example is based on International application No. WO/2002/092089.

2 g of vareniclme L-tartrate as obtained from Comparative Example 1 were dissolved in 3 mL of water.

To this solution, 100 mL of CH₃CN were added, and the resulting slurry was stirred for 10 mm and filtered.

After drying the product was analysed to be a 98.2% purity by HPLC (1.7% of unknown impurity A) . Colour L: 91.44, a*: -3.24, b* : 33.47

Example 1: Preparation of 7, 8, 9, lO-tetrahydro-6, 10- methano-6H-pyrazmo [2, 3-h] [3] benzazepine L-tartrate

(i.e. vareniclme L-tartrate)

A) Preparation of compound of formula (III) This example is based on U.S. Patent No. 6,410,550, except for the purification step, which is the object of the present invention (i.e. crystallization in toluene) .

A 500 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with 10-aza-tricyclo [ 6.3.1. O²‘⁷] dodeca-2, 4, 6- tπene para-toluene sulfonic acid salt (32.5g, 98.2 mmol) and 115 mL of CH₂Cl₂. Triethylamine (21.8 g, 216 mmol) was added to the slurry and the resulting solution was cooled to 0-5 ⁰C. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of (CF₃CO)₂O (22.7 g, 108 mmol) in 50 mL of CH₂Cl₂. This solution was slowly added to the reaction mixture, maintaining the temperature < 15 ⁰C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and the complete conversion was monitored by GC. The crude reaction mixture was washed with water (2 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL) . The organic phase was used in the next step without further purification.

A l L round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, addition funnel and magnetic stirring was charged with CF₃SO₃H (67.8 g, 452 mmol), CH₂Cl₂ (280 mL) and cooled to 0-5 ⁰C. At this temperature, fuming nitric acid (14.2 g, 226 mmol) was slowly added. To the resulting slurry at 0-5 ⁰C, the solution obtained in the previous step was slowly added, maintaining the temperature < 15 ⁰C. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The complete dinitration was confirmed by GC. The crude reaction mixture was poured into water (150 mL) an ice (200 g) and stirred. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (100 mL) . The mixture of the organic phases was washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO₃ (2×100 mL) , water (100 mL) , dried over Na₂SO₄ and volatiles evaporated under vacuum to obtain 30.5 g of a solid with a 83.6% purity by GC (12.5% of meta- dinitrocompound impurity) . 20 g of this solid were crystallized in toluene (100 mL) to obtain the compound of formula (III), 15 g of a pale brown solid with a 98.5 % purity by GC (meta-dinitrocompound impurity not detected) .

B) Preparation of compound of formula (IV) This example is based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236.

A 200 mL autoclave was charged with (III) (9.1 g, 26.3 mmol, crystals from toluene), damp 5% Pd/C 50% and 180 mL of a 2-propanol/water (80/20 wt/wt) . The reaction was stirred under 50 psi of hydrogen for 18 hours. The complete hydrogenation was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was filtered over Celite and washed with 2- propanol (40 mL) . To this solution, K₂HPO₄ (458 mg, 2.63 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled at 0-5 ⁰C and a solution of 4.07 g of 40% aqueous glyoxal diluted with water (14.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and overnight at room temperature. The complete conversion was confirmed by GC analysis. The reaction was concentrated under vacuum to a volume of 68 mL and water (128 mL) was added drop-wise. The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature, 1 hour in a ice/water bath, filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried m a oven at 50 ⁰C to obtain the product, 7.16 g of compound of formula (IV) with a 99.9% purity by HPLC. C) Preparation of varenicline L-tartrate (compound of formula ( I) )

Thrs example rs based on International Patent No. WO/2006/090236. A 250 mL round bottom flask with thermometer, condenser, and magnetic stirring was charged with a solution of NaOH (2.89 g, 72.23 mmol) in water (36 mL) , compound of formula (IV) (7.15 g, 23.3 mmol) and toluene (50 mL) . The mixture was heated to 40 ⁰C and stirred for 4 hours. The complete hydrolysis was confirmed by GC analysis. Toluene (71 mL) was added and the reaction was cooled. The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (36 mL) . The organic phases were evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (110 mL) and evaporated again. The final residue was dissolved in 164 mL of MeOH. 750 mg of activated carbon “Darco G-60 100 mesh” were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min and filtered through Celite to obtain a yellow solution. This solution was added drop- wise over a solution of L-tartaric acid (3.84 g, 25.6 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) . The slurry was stirred for 14 hours at room temperature, filtered, washed with MeOH and dried under vacuum, to obtain varenicline L-tartrate

(7.04 g) as an off-white solid with a >99.9% purity by HPLC (unknown impurity A not detected) . Colour L: 94.39, a*: 2.27, b*:9.02.

Post-marketing surveillance

No evidence for increased risks of cardiovascular events, depression, or self-harm with varenicline versus nicotine replacement therapy has been found in one post-marketing surveillance study.^[23]

Mechanism of action

Varenicline displays full agonism on α₇ nicotinic acetylcholine receptors.^[24]^[25] And it is a partial agonist on the α₄β₂, α₃β₄, and α₆β₂ subtypes.^[26] In addition, it is a weak agonist on the α₃β₂ containing receptors.

Varenicline’s partial agonism on the α₄β₂ receptors rather than nicotine’s full agonism produces less effect of dopamine release than nicotine’s. This α₄β₂ competitive binding, reduces the ability of nicotine to bind and stimulate the mesolimbic dopamine system – similar to the method of action of buprenorphine in the treatment of opioid addiction.^[3]

Pharmacokinetics

Most of the active compound is excreted by the kidneys (92–93%). A small proportion is glucuronidated, oxidised, N-formylated or conjugated to a hexose.^[27] The elimination half-life is about 24 hours.

History

Use of Cytisus plant as a smoking substitute during World War II^[28] led to use as a cessation aid in eastern Europe and extraction of cytisine.^[29] Cytisine analogs led to varenicline at Pfizer.^[30]^[31]^[32]

Varenicline received a “priority review” by the US FDA in February 2006, shortening the usual 10-month review period to 6 months because of its demonstrated effectiveness inclinical trials and perceived lack of safety issues.^[33] The agency’s approval of the drug came on May 11, 2006.^[4] On August 1, 2006, varenicline was made available for sale in the United States and on September 29, 2006, was approved for sale in the European Union.^[34]

SEE

www.emea.europa.eu/humandocs/PDFs/EPAR/champix/H-699-en6.pdf.

Busch FR, Concannon PE, Handfield RE, McKinley JD, McMahon ME, Singer RA, Watson TJ, Withbroe GJ, Stivanello M, Leoni L, Bezze C. Synthesis of (1 (Aminomethyl)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-3-yl)methanol: Structural Confirmation of the Main Band Impurity Found in Varenicline® Starting Material.Synth Commun. 2008;38:441–447. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00397910701771231.

Varenicline standards and impurity controls. www.freepatentsonline.com/US2007/0224690.html.

N-formyl and N-methyl degradation products. www.freepatentsonline.com/y2004/0235850.html.

Methods of reducing degradant formation in pharmaceutical compositions of Varenicline.www.freepatentsonline.com/y2008/0026059.html.

Varenicline standards and impurity controls. www.freepatentsonline.com/EP2004186.html.

Satheesh B, Kumarpulluru S, Raghavan V, Saravanan D. UHPLC Separation and Quantification of Related Substances of Varenicline Tartrate Tablet. Acta Chromatogr. 2010;22:207–218.http://dx.doi.org/10.1556/AChrom.22.2010.2.4.

US6410550	Nov 13, 1998	Jun 25, 2002	Pfizer Inc	Aryl fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2009155403A2 *	Jun 18, 2009	Dec 23, 2009	Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.	Processes for the preparation of varenicline and intermediates thereof

Reference
1	*	BHUSHAN, VIDYA; RATHORE, RAJENDRA; CHANDRASEKARAN, S.: “A Simple and Mild Method for the cis-Hydroxylation of Alkenes with Cetyltrimethylammonium Permanganate” SYNTHESIS, no. 5, 1984, pages 431-433, XP002581198
2	*	BROOKS P R ET AL: “Synthesis of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1,5-methano-1H-3-benzaz epine via oxidative cleavage and reductive amination strategies” SYNTHESIS 20040803 DE, no. 11, 3 August 2004 (2004-08-03), pages 1755-1758, XP002581197 ISSN: 0039-7881
3	*	SORBERA L A ET AL: “Varenicline tartrate: Aid to smoking cessation nicotinic [alpha]4[beta]2 partial agonist” DRUGS OF THE FUTURE 200602 ES LNKD- DOI:10.1358/DOF.2006.031.02.964028, vol. 31, no. 2, February 2006 (2006-02), pages 117-122, XP002581199 ISSN: 0377-8282 DOI: 10.1358/dof.2006.031.02.964028

WO2001062736A1 *	Feb 8, 2001	Aug 30, 2001	Pfizer Products Inc.	Aryl fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2002085843A2 *	Mar 4, 2002	Oct 31, 2002	Pfizer Products Inc.	Process for the preparation of 1,3-substituted indenes and aryl-fused azapolycyclic compounds
WO2006090236A1 *	Feb 21, 2006	Aug 31, 2006	Pfizer Products Inc.	Preparation of high purity substituted quinoxaline
WO2008060487A2 *	Nov 9, 2007	May 22, 2008	Pfizer Products Inc.	Polymorphs of nicotinic intermediates

Reference
1	*	COE J W ET AL: “Varenicline: an alpha4beta2 Nicotinic Receptor Partial Agonist for Smoking Cessation” JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, WASHINGTON., US, vol. 48, no. 10, 1 January 2005 (2005-01-01), pages 3474-3477, XP002474642 ISSN: 0022-2623 cited in the application

Citing Patent	Filing date	Publication date	Applicant	Title
WO2010005643A1 *	May 28, 2009	Jan 14, 2010	Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.	Processes for purifying varenicline l-tartrate salt and preparing crystalline forms of varenicline l-tartrate salt
WO2011110954A1 *	Mar 8, 2011	Sep 15, 2011	Actavis Group Ptc Ehf	Highly pure varenicline or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof substantially free of methylvarenicline impurity
WO2011154586A3 *	Jun 13, 2011	Mar 22, 2012	Medichem, S. A.	Improved methods for the preparation of quinoxaline derivatives
EP2581375A2 *	Jun 13, 2011	Apr 17, 2013	Medichem, S.A.	Improved methods for the preparation of quinoxaline derivatives
US8039620	May 21, 2009	Oct 18, 2011	Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.	Varenicline tosylate, an intermediate in the preparation process of varenicline L-tartrate
US8178537	Jun 22, 2010	May 15, 2012	Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd.	Solid state forms of varenicline salts and processes for preparation thereof

References

Jump up^ Mills EJ, Wu P, Spurden D, Ebbert JO, Wilson K (2009). “Efficacy of pharmacotherapies for short-term smoking abstinance: a systematic review and meta-analysis” (PDF). Harm Reduct J 6: 25. doi:10.1186/1477-7517-6-25. PMC 2760513. PMID 19761618.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b Cahill K, Stevens S, Perera R, Lancaster T (May 2013). “Pharmacological interventions for smoking cessation: an overview and network meta-analysis”. Cochrane Database Syst Rev (Systematic Review & Meta-Analysis) 5: CD009329.doi:10.1002/14651858.CD009329.pub2. PMID 23728690.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b ^c ^d Elrashidi MY, Ebbert JO (June 2014). “Emerging drugs for the treatment of tobacco dependence: 2014 update”. Expert Opin Emerg Drug (Review) 19 (2): 243–60.doi:10.1517/14728214.2014.899580. PMID 24654737.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b U.S. Food and Drug Administration.FDA Approves Novel Medication for Smoking Cessation. Press release, 11 May 2006.
Jump up^ Cressman, AM; Pupco, A; Kim, E; Koren, G; Bozzo, P (May 2012). “Smoking cessation therapy during pregnancy.”. Canadian Family Physician 58 (5): 525–7. PMC 3352787.PMID 22586193.
Jump up^ “Varenicline Pregnancy Cohort Study”. clinicaltrials.gov.
Jump up^ “LactMed”. nih.gov.
Jump up^ Leung, LK; Patafio, FM; Rosser, WW (September 28, 2011). “Gastrointestinal adverse effects of varenicline at maintenance dose: a meta-analysis”. BMC clinical pharmacology11 (1): 15. doi:10.1186/1472-6904-11-15. PMC 3192741. PMID 21955317.
American Cancer Society. “Cancer Drug Guide: Varenicline”. Retrieved 2008-01-19.
Jump up^ “DailyMed – CHANTIX- varenicline tartrate”. nih.gov.
FDA. “Public Health Advisory: FDA Requires New Boxed Warnings for the Smoking Cessation Drugs Chantix and Zyban”. Retrieved 2009-07-01.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b “www.accessdata.fda.gov” (PDF).
Hughes, JR (8 January 2015). “Varenicline as a Cause of Suicidal Outcomes.”. Nicotine & tobacco research : official journal of the Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco.doi:10.1093/ntr/ntu275. PMID 25572451.
“FDA Drug Safety Communication: Chantix (varenicline) may increase the risk of certain cardiovascular adverse events in patients with cardiovascular disease”. 2011-06-16.
Jump up^ Singh, S; Loke, YK, Spangler, JG, Furberg, CD (Sep 6, 2011). “Risk of serious adverse cardiovascular events associated with varenicline: a systematic review and meta-analysis” (PDF). CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1359–66.doi:10.1503/cmaj.110218. PMC 3168618. PMID 21727225.
Takagi, H; Umemoto, T (Sep 6, 2011). “Varenicline: quantifying the risk”. CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1404. doi:10.1503/cmaj.111-2063.PMC 3168634. PMID 21896705.
Jump up^ Samuels, L (Sep 6, 2011). “Varenicline: cardiovascular safety”. CMAJ : Canadian Medical Association 183 (12): 1407–08. doi:10.1503/cmaj.111-2073. PMC 3168639.PMID 21896709.
“European Medicine Agency confirms positive benefit-risk balance for Champix.”. 2011-07-21.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b Prochaska JJ, Hilton JF (2012). “Risk of cardiovascular serious adverse events associated with varenicline use for tobacco cessation: systematic review and meta-analysis”. BMJ (Systematic Review & Meta-Analysis) 344: e2856.doi:10.1136/bmj.e2856. PMC 3344735. PMID 22563098.
Mills EJ, Thorlund K, Eapen S, Wu P, Prochaska JJ (January 2014). “Cardiovascular events associated with smoking cessation pharmacotherapies: a network meta-analysis”.Circulation (Network Meta-Analysis) 129 (1): 28–41.doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.113.003961. PMID 24323793.
cessation in cardiovascular patients”. Evidence-Based Medicine (Review & Commentary) 19 (5): 193. doi:10.1136/eb-2014-110030.PMID 24917603.
Rowland K (April 2014). “ACP Journal Club. Review: Nicotine replacement therapy increases CVD events; bupropion and varenicline do not”. Annals of Internal Medicine(Review & Commentary) 160 (8): JC2. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-160-8-201404150-02002.PMID 24733219.
Jump up^ Kotz D, Viechtbauer W, Simpson C, van Schayck OC, West R, Sheikh A (2015).“Cardiovascular and neuropsychiatric risks of varenicline: a retrospective cohort study”.Lancet Respir Med (retrospective cohort) 3: 761–768. doi:10.1016/S2213-2600(15)00320-3. PMC 4593936. PMID 26355008.
Jump up^ Mihalak KB, Carroll FI, Luetje CW; Carroll; Luetje (2006). “Varenicline is a partial agonist at alpha4beta2 and a full agonist at alpha7 neuronal nicotinic receptors”. Mol. Pharmacol.70 (3): 801–805. doi:10.1124/mol.106.025130. PMID 16766716.
Jump up^ Mineur YS, Picciotto MR; Picciotto (December 2010). “Nicotine receptors and depression: revisiting and revising the cholinergic hypothesis”. Trends Pharmacol. Sci. 31 (12): 580–6. doi:10.1016/j.tips.2010.09.004. PMC 2991594. PMID 20965579.
Tanuja Bordia. “Varenicline Is a Potent Partial Agonist at α6β2* Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptors in Rat and Monkey Striatum”. aspetjournals.org.
Obach, RS; Reed-Hagen, AE; Krueger, SS; Obach, BJ; O’Connell, TN; Zandi, KS; Miller, S; Coe, JW (2006). “Metabolism and disposition of varenicline, a selective alpha4beta2 acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, in vivo and in vitro”. Drug metabolism and disposition: the biological fate of chemicals 34 (1): 121–130.doi:10.1124/dmd.105.006767. PMID 16221753.
“[Cytisine as an aid for smoking cessation].”. Med Monatsschr Pharm 15 (1): 20–1. Jan 1992. PMID 1542278.
Prochaska, BMJ 347:f5198 2013 http://www.bmj.com/content/347/bmj.f5198
Coe JW, Brooks PR, Vetelino MG, Wirtz MC, Arnold EP, Huang J, Sands SB, Davis TI, Lebel LA, Fox CB, Shrikhande A, Heym JH, Schaeffer E, Rollema H, Lu Y, Mansbach RS, Chambers LK, Rovetti CC, Schulz DW, Tingley FD 3rd, O’Neill BT (2005). “Varenicline: an alpha4beta2 nicotinic receptor partial agonist for smoking cessation”. J. Med. Chem. 48(10): 3474–3477. doi:10.1021/jm050069n. PMID 15887955.
Schwartz JL (1979). “Review and evaluation of methods of smoking cessation, 1969–77. Summary of a monograph”. Public Health Rep 94 (6): 558–63. PMC 1431736.PMID 515342.
Etter JF (2006). “Cytisine for smoking cessation: a literature review and a meta-analysis”. Arch. Intern. Med. 166 (15): 1553–1559. doi:10.1001/archinte.166.15.1553.PMID 16908787.
Kuehn BM (2006). “FDA speeds smoking cessation drug review”. JAMA 295 (6): 614–614.doi:10.1001/jama.295.6.614. PMID 16467225.
European Medicines Agency (2011-01-28). “EPAR summary for the public. Champix varenicline”. London. Retrieved 2011-02-14.

External links

Manufacturer’s website USA

Varenicline
Systematic (IUPAC) name


7,8,9,10-Tetrahydro-6,10-methano-6H-pyrazino[2,3-h] [3]benzazepine
Clinical data
Trade names	Chantix
AHFS/Drugs.com	Monograph
MedlinePlus	a606024
License data	EU EMA: Champix US FDA: Varenicline
Pregnancy category	AU: B3 US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of administration	Oral
Legal status
Legal status	AU: S4 (Prescription only) CA: ℞-only UK: POM (Prescription only) US: ℞-only
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding	<20%
Metabolism	Limited (<10%)
Biological half-life	24 hours
Excretion	Renal (81–92%)
Identifiers
CAS Number	249296-44-4 375815-87-5
ATC code	N07BA03 (WHO)
PubChem	CID 5310966
IUPHAR/BPS	5459
DrugBank	DB01273
ChemSpider	4470510
UNII	W6HS99O8ZO
KEGG	D08669
ChEBI	CHEBI:84500
ChEMBL	CHEMBL1076903
Chemical data
Formula	C₁₃H₁₃N₃
Molar mass	211.267 g/mol

////////////Varenicline, Chantix™, FDA 2006, 249296-44-4, 375815-87-5, Champix , Pfizer, バレニクリン酒石酸塩

n1c2cc3c(cc2ncc1)[C@@H]4CNC[C@H]3C4

SPIRONOLACTONE, спиронолактон , سبيرونولاكتون , 螺内酯 ,

GENERIC, Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 282016

Spironolactone

Spironolactone, Supra-puren, Suracton, спиронолактон, سبيرونولاكتون ,

螺内酯 , Abbolactone, Aldactide, SNL, Spiroctanie, Sprioderm, Verospirone, Opianin

7α-Acetylthio-17α-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid γ-lactone

(1’S,2R,2’R,9’R,10′R,11’S,15’S)-9′-(acetylsulfanyl)-2′,15‘-dimethylspiro[oxolane-2,14′-tetracyclo[8.7.0.0^2,7.0^11,15]heptadecan]-6′-ene-5,5′-dione

(7a,17a)-7-(Acetylthio)-17-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid g-lactone

17-Hydroxy-7a-mercapto-3-oxo-17a-pregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic Acid g-Lactone Acetate

3-(3-Oxo-7a-acetylthio-17b-hydroxy-4-androsten-17a-yl)propionic Acid g-Lactone

CAS 52-01-7

MF C₂₄H₃₂O₄S, MW 416.573 Da

Spironolactone, marketed under the brand name Aldactone among others, is a medication primarily used to treatfluid build-up due to heart failure, liver scarring, or kidney disease.^[1] Other uses include high blood pressure, low blood potassium that does not improve with supplementation, early puberty, excessive hair growth in women,^[1] and as a component of hormone replacement therapy for transgender women.^[6] It is taken by mouth.^[1]

Common side effects include electrolyte abnormalities particularly high blood potassium, nausea, vomiting, headache, a rash, and a decreased desire for sex. In those with liver or kidney problems extra care should be taken.^[1]Spironolactone has not been well studied in pregnancy and should not be used to treat high blood pressure of pregnancy.^[7] It is a steroid that blocks mineralocorticoid receptors. It also blocks androgen, and blocks progesterone. It belongs to a class of medications known as potassium-sparing diuretics.^[1]

Spironolactone was introduced in 1959.^[8]^[9] It is on the World Health Organization’s List of Essential Medicines, the most important medications needed in a basic health system.^[10] It is available as a generic medication.^[1] The wholesale cost in the developing world as of 2014 is between 0.02 and 0.12 USD per day.^[11] In the United States it costs about 0.50 USD per day.^[1]

Title: Spironolactone

CAS Registry Number: 52-01-7

CAS Name: (7a,17a)-7-(Acetylthio)-17-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid g-lactone

Additional Names: 17-hydroxy-7a-mercapto-3-oxo-17a-pregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid g-lactone, acetate; 3-(3-oxo-7a-acetylthio-17b-hydroxy-4-androsten-17a-yl)propionic acid g-lactone

Manufacturers’ Codes: SC-9420

Trademarks: Aldactone (Pharmacia & Upjohn); Aquareduct (Azupharma); Practon (Pfizer); Osyrol (Aventis); Sincomen (Schering AG); Spirobeta (Betapharm); Spiroctan (Ferlux); Spirolone (APS); Spironone (Dexo); Verospiron (Richter Gedeon); Xenalon (Mepha)

Molecular Formula: C24H32O4S

Molecular Weight: 416.57

Percent Composition: C 69.20%, H 7.74%, O 15.36%, S 7.70%

Literature References: Aldosterone antagonist. Prepn: Cella, Tweit, J. Org. Chem. 24, 1109 (1959); US 3013012 (1961 to Searle); Tweit et al., J. Org. Chem. 27, 3325 (1962). Activity and metabolic studies: Gerhards, Engelhardt, Arzneim.-Forsch. 13, 972 (1963). Crystal and molecular structure: Dideberg, Dupont, Acta Crystallogr. B28, 3014 (1972). Comprehensive description: J. L. Sutter, E. P. K. Lau, Anal. Profiles Drug Subs. 4, 431-451 (1975). Review of carcinogenetic risk: IARC Monographs 24, 259-273 (1980). Review of antiandrogen effects and clinical use in hirsutism: R. R. Tremblay, Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 15, 363-371 (1986); of clinical efficacy in hypertension: A. N. Brest, Clin. Ther. 8, 568-585 (1986). Review of pharmacology: H. A. Skluth, J. G. Gums,DICP Ann. Pharmacother. 24, 52-59 (1990). Clinical trial in congestive heart failure: B. Pitt et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 341, 709 (1999).

Properties: Crystals from methanol, mp 134-135° (resolidifies and dec 201-202°). [a]D20 -33.5° (chloroform). uv max: 238 nm (e20200). Practically insol in water. Sol in alcohol; freely sol in benzene, chloroform. LD50 in rats, mice, rabbits (mg/kg): 790, 360, 870 i.p. (IARC, 1980).

Melting point: mp 134-135° (resolidifies and dec 201-202°)

Optical Rotation: [a]D20 -33.5° (chloroform)

Absorption maximum: uv max: 238 nm (e 20200)

Toxicity data: LD50 in rats, mice, rabbits (mg/kg): 790, 360, 870 i.p. (IARC, 1980)

Therap-Cat: Diuretic.

Therap-Cat-Vet: Diuretic.

Keywords: Aldosterone Antagonist; Diuretic; Steroids

Medical uses

Spironolactone is used primarily to treat heart failure, edematous conditions such as nephrotic syndrome or ascites in people with liver disease, essential hypertension, hypokalemia, secondary hyperaldosteronism (such as occurs with hepatic cirrhosis), and Conn’s syndrome (primary hyperaldosteronism). On its own, spironolactone is only a weak diuretic because it primarily targets the distal nephron (collecting tubule), where only small amounts of sodium are reabsorbed, but it can be combined with other diuretics to increase efficacy.

Spironolactone is an antagonist of the androgen receptor (AR) as well as an inhibitor of androgen production. Due to the antiandrogenic effects that result from these actions, it is frequently used off-label to treat a variety of dermatological conditions in which androgens, such as testosterone and dihydrotestosterone (DHT), play a role. Some of these uses include androgenic alopecia in men (either at low doses or as a topical formulation) and women, and hirsutism, acne, and seborrhea in women.^[12] Spironolactone is the most commonly used drug in the treatment of hirsutism in the United States.^[13] Higher doses of spironolactone are not recommended in males due to the high risk of feminization and other side effects. Similarly, it is also commonly used to treat symptoms of hyperandrogenism in polycystic ovary syndrome.^[14]

Spironolactone (SL) is known to be a potent aldosterone antagonist at mineralocorticoid steroid hormone receptors, and it is widely used in humans for the treatment of essential hypertension, congestive heat failure and refractory edema or hyperaldosteronism. However, the prolonged use of SL is associated with undesirable endocrine side effects such as gynecomastia and lose of libido in men and menstrual irregularities in women due to interaction of SL with gonadal steroid hormone biosynthesis and target cell gonadal steroid receptors.

The nature and prevalence of the undesirable side effects limit the usefulness of spironolactone as a therapeutic agent. Gynecomastia or tender breast enlargement has been found to occur in 10% of hypertensive patients using spironolactone for therapy as compared to 1% of men in the placebo group. Recent studies by Pitt, et al. with spironolactone have shown that in patients with congestive heart failure (CHF) taking digoxin and a loop diuretic—spironolactone therapy in conjunction with digitalis and ACE inhibitor—reduces mortality by 30%. See Pitt, B., et al., The Effect of Spironolactone on Morbidity and Mortality in Patients with Severe Heart Failure, Randomized Aldactone Evaluation Study Investigors; N. Engl. J. Med., 1999, 341:709-717. These authors stated that the 30% reduction in the risk of death among patients in the group receiving spironolactone could be attributed to a lower risk of both death from progressive heart failure and sudden death from cardiac arrhythmic causes. In addition, they found that the frequency of hospitalization for worsening heart failure is 35% lower in the spironolacotone treated group than in the placebo group. These authors concluded that patients who received spironolactone had a significant improvement in the symptoms of severe heart failure caused by systolic left ventricular dysfunction. Overall, 8% of the patients in the spironolactone group discontinued treatment because of adverse events. The purpose of the present invention is to make available the individual chiral isomers of spironolactone that would be effective in treating CHF and in reducing hypertension, and at the same time would be devoid of undesirable side effects such as gynecomastia, lose of libido in men, and menstrual irregularities in women.

Spironolactone is the name commonly used for a specific spirolactone that has the full chemical name 17-hydroxy-7-alpha-mercapto-3-oxo-17-alpha-pregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid gamma-lactone acetate. The term “spirolactone” denotes that a lactone 10 ring (i.e., a cyclic ester) is attached to another ring structure in a spiro configuration (i.e., the lactone ring shares a single carbon atom with the other ring). Spirolactones that are coupled to steroids are the most important class of spirolactones from a pharmaceutical perspective, so they are widely referred to in the pharmaceutical arts simply as spirolactones. As used herein, “spironolactone” refers to a molecule comprising a lactone structure coupled via a spiro configuration to a steroid structure or steroid derivative.

Spironolactone, its activities, and modes of synthesis and purification are described in a number of U.S. patents, notably U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,013,012, 4,529,811 and 4,603,128.

Intracellular receptors (IRs) form a class of structurally-related genetic regulators that act as ligand-dependent transcription factors. See Evans, R. M., “The Steroid and Thyroid Hormone Receptor Superfamily”, Science, May 13, 1988; 240(4854):889-95. Steroid receptors are a recognized subset of the IRs, including the progesterone receptor (PR), androgen receptor (AR), estrogen receptor (ER), which can be referred to collectively as the gonadal steroid receptors, glucocorticoid receptor (GR), and mineralocorticoid receptor (MR). Regulation of a gene by such factors requires both the IR itself and a corresponding ligand that has the ability to selectively bind to the IR in a way that affects gene transcription.

Ligands for the IRs can include low molecular weight native molecules, such as the hormones aldosterone, progesterone, estrogen and testosterone, as well as synthetic derivative compounds such as medroxyprogesterone acetate, diethylstilbesterol and 19-nortestosterone. These ligands, when present the fluid surrounding a cell, pass through the outer cell membrane by passive diffusion and bind to specific IR proteins to create a ligand/receptor complex. This complex then translocates to the cell’s nucleus, where it binds to a specific gene or genes present in the cell’s DNA. Once bound to DNA, the complex modulates the production of the protein encoded by that gene. In this regard, a compound that binds to an IR and mimics the effect of the native ligand is referred to as an “agonist”, while a compound that binds to an IR and inhibits the effect of the native ligand is called an “antagonist”.

The therapeutic mechanism of action of spironolactone involves binding to intracellular mineralocorticoid receptors (MRs) in kidney epithelial cells, thereby inhibiting the binding of aldosterone. Spironolactone has been found to counteract the sodium reabsorption and potassium excretion effects of aldosterone and other mineralocorticoids. Spironolactone has also been shown to interfere with testosterone biosynthesis, has anti-androgen action and inhibits adrenal aldosterone biosynthesis. Large doses of spironolactone in children appear to decrease the testosterone production rate.

Spironolactone is found to exhibit intra-individual variability of pharmacokinetic parameters and it presumably belongs to the group of drugs with high inter-subject variability. Spironolactone has poor water solubility and dissolution rate.

In order to prolong the half-life and decrease the side effects associated with spironolactone, syntheses of spironolactone derivatives have been developed (e.g. synthesis of mexrenone, prorenone, spirorenone). Slight modifications of the spironolactone steroid skeleton, e.g. such as formation of 11β-allenic and epoxy compounds, have been shown to effect important variations in the affinity and specificity for the mineralocorticoid receptor. These results suggest that it is possible to develop spironolactone analogues that do not interact with the androgen receptor or cytochrome P-450 and are therefore free of spironolactone undesirable side-effects.

METABOLISM

Figure US20090325918A1-20091231-C00003

SYNTHESIS

METHOD 1 REF 150

REF 130, 150

METHOD 2 REF 140

METHOD 3 REF 150

Synthesis

Cella, John A.; Tweit, Robert C. (1959). Journal of Organic Chemistry 24: 1109. doi:10.1021/jo01090a019.

(See also part 1 and part 3)

SPECTROSCOPY UV

SPECTROSCOPY IR

KBR

The principal absorption peaks of the spectrum shown in Figure 5 were noted at 1765,
1693, 1673, 1240, 1178, 1135, 1123 and 1193 cm -1.

SPECTROSCOPY 1H NMR

SPECTROSCOPY 13C NMR

SPECTROSCOPY MASS SPECTRUM

130 J.A. Cola, E.A. Brown, and R.R. Burtner, 3. Org. Chem., 24, 1109(1959).

140 Remington’s: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19 t~ edn.Volume II, K.G. Alfonso, ed.; Mack Publishing Co., Pennsylvania (1995) p.1048.
150. G. Anner and H. Wehrli (Ciba-Geigy, A.-G.), German Often 2,625,723 (cl.C07J21/00), Dec,1976; Swiss Appl. 75/7, 696, 13Jun. 1975; pp. 37.

ANALYTICAL

High-Performance Liquid Chromatographic Conditions
Column	LiChrosorb RP-8, 5 μm. 150 × 4.6 mm I.D.
Eluent	Acetonitrile-0.05 M phosphate buffer, pH 4 (45:55)
Flow-rate	1 ml/min
Temperature	25° C.
Detector	UV detector, wavelength 286 nm or 271 nm
Recorder	Chart speed 0.5 cm/min
Sample loop	10 μl

The concentration of canrenone is determined in plasma and urine samples by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with UV-detection. An aliquot of 300 ng of spironolactone derivative is added to the samples as internal standard, which are then extracted twice with 1 ml n-hexane-toluene (1:1, v/v). The organic phase is taken to dryness and re-dissolved in 250 μl HPLC eluent (methanol-water, 60:40, v/v). (25×4.6 mm; 5 μm). Detection is performed with the UV detector set at λ=285 nm.

Flurometric Method

Five ml of water is a reagent blank and 5 ml of working standards containing 0.05 μg and 0.20 μg of SC-9376 are carried through the entire procedure. Lower sales are read vs. the 0.05 μg standard at full scale, and higher samples vs. the 0.20 μg standard. Fluorescence readings are proportional to the concentrations of the standards in this range.

Pipette 0.2 ml of heparinized plasma into a 50-ml polyethylene-stoppered centrifuge tube, dilute to 5 ml with water and add 15 ml of methylene chloride (Du Pont refrigeration grade, redistilled). Shake for 30 seconds, centrifuge and discard the aqueous supernatant. Add 1 ml 0.1 N NaOH, shake 15 seconds, centrifuge and discard the supernatant. Transfer a 10-ml aliquot of the methylene chloride phase to another tube containing 2 ml of 65% aqueous sulfuric acid, shake 30 seconds, centrifuge and remove organic phase by aspiration. The material is allowed to stand at room temperature for about 1 hour and then about 1 ml of the sulfuric acid phase in transferred to a quartz cuvette. Fluorescence intensity is determined in an Aminco-Bowman spectrophotofluorometer (activation maximum, 465 nm).

Gas Liquid Chromatography

The GLC estimation is carried out on a Fractovap Model 251 series 2150 (Carlo Erba) instrument equipped with a Nickel-63 electron capture detector. A 6-foot, 0.4 mm internal diameter, U-shaped glass column, packed with OV-17 2% or XE-60 1% on gas chrom A, 100-120 mesh (Applied Science Lab) is conditioned for 3 days before use. Argon with 10% methane which passed through a molecular sieve before entering the column is used as the carrier gas. The conditions of analysis are: column 255° C., detector 275° C., carrier gas flow 30 ml/min. Samples are injected on the column with a 10 μl Hamilton syringe. The injector in not heated.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/US20090325918

EXAMPLE 1Chiral Separation

The separation of 7 beta isomer of SL is schematically described below.

Chromatographic Method for Isolation of SL Isomers

The basic method is described in Chan, Ky, et al., J. Chromatog, Nov. 15, 1991:571 (1-2) 291-297. The separation is performed using spectra-physics HPLC instrument and UV variable wavelength detector set at 254 nm. For chiral separation, the chromatographic column is either a pre-packed 25 mm×4.6 mm ID Cyclobond 1 (5 μm particle size), or a pre-packed 150 mm×4 mm ID Resolvosil BSA-7 column (5 μm) operated using the conditions described herein.

Analysis of the isomers present in the peaks in the chromatograms and their chiral extract purity analysis can be determined in each case by high resolution NMR spectroscopy using a chiral shift reagent. Based on this information and the determination of molecular weight by mass spectrometry and/or optical activity, structural configuration is assigned to each isomer. Eluted samples of isomers may be re-chromatographed in order to obtain adequate quantities of isomers having desired optical purity for study. For future use, reference standards that are optically pure will be compared for confirmation of purity and identity to the isolated isomers that are obtained after their chromatographic separation.

EXAMPLE 2Chemical Synthesis of Optical Isomers

As an example, the desire spironolactone 7-beta-isomer is synthesized following the scheme that is described below:

Diene (i) is prepared from commercially available starting materials using methods well known in the art of chemical synthesis.

Diene (i) is treated with acetic acid and the mixture is heated to reflux to yield 7-alpha-acetate ester (ii). The 7-alpha-ester (ii) is further subjected to nucleophilic substitution, followed by hydrolysis to obtain the 7-beta-isomer (iii). The 7-beta-isomer (iii) is then esterified with an acyl halide in the presence of a base to generate the desired spironolactone 7-beta-isomer (iv).

EXAMPLE 3Preparation of Radiolabeled Probe Compounds of the Invention

Using known methods, the compounds of the invention may be prepared as radiolabeled probes by carrying out their synthesis using precursors comprising at least one atom that is a radioisotope. The radioisotope is preferably selected from at least one of carbon (preferably

¹⁴

C), hydrogen (preferably

H), sulfur (preferably

³⁵

S), or iodine (preferably I). Such radiolabeled probes are conveniently synthesized by a radioisotope supplier specializing in customer synthesis of radiolabeled probe compounds. Such suppliers include Amersham Corporation, Arlington Heights, Ill.; Cambridge Isotope Laboratories, Inc., Andover, Mass.; SRI International, Menlo Park, Calif.; Wizard Laboratories, West Sacramento, Calif.; ChemSyn Laboratories, Lexena, Kans.; American Radiolabeled Chemicals, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; and Moravek Biochemicals Inc., Brea, Calif.

Tritium labeled probe compounds are also conveniently prepared catalytically via platinum-catalyzed exchange in tritiated acetic acid, acid-catalyzed exchange in tritiated trifluoroacetic acid, or heterogeneous-catalyzed exchange with tritium gas. Tritium labeled probe compounds can also be prepared, when appropriate, by sodium borotritide reduction. Such preparations are also conveniently carried out as a custom radiolabeling by any of the suppliers listed in the preceding paragraph using the compound of the invention as substrate.

EXAMPLE 4Isolation and Purification Procedure

The optical isomers of spironolactones may be isolated from fluid sample such as urine or blood as follows:

Extraction from Urine

The urine sample is extracted with dichloromethane and the extract washed with NaOH (0.1 N) and then with water to neutrality. The residue obtained after evaporation of the dichloromethane extract is purified on TLC in three different systems: benzene-acetone-water, (150:100:0.4); chloroform-ethanol, (90:10); ethyl acetate-cyclohexane-ethanol, (45:25:10), using aldosterone as reference standard.

The extract is then purified by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on a Waters 6000 A, 480 U.V. detector instrument with radial pressure. The extract is first run through a C

₁₈

10μ column using methanol-water (70:30) as the eluent, followed by a silica 5μ column using dichloromethane-methanol (95:5). In both cases, the rate of the eluent is 1.5 ml/min. A small part of the extract is subjected to heptafluorobutyrylation for GLC investigation.

References

“Spironolactone”. The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. Retrieved Oct 24, 2015.
“Spironolactone: MedlinePlus Drug Information”. Retrieved 2016-01-20.
“Spironolactone”. Merriam-Webster Dictionary.
“Spironolactone”. Dictionary.com Unabridged. Random House.
Harry G. Brittain (26 November 2002). Analytical Profiles of Drug Substances and Excipients. Academic Press. p. 309. ISBN 978-0-12-260829-2. Retrieved 27 May 2012.
Maizes, Victoria (2015). Integrative Women’s Health (2 ed.). p. 746.ISBN 9780190214807.
“Spironolactone Pregnancy and Breastfeeding Warnings”. Retrieved 29 November2015.
Camille Georges Wermuth (24 July 2008). The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry. Academic Press. p. 34. ISBN 978-0-12-374194-3. Retrieved 27 May 2012.
Marshall Sittig (1988). Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Encyclopedia. William Andrew. p. 1385. ISBN 978-0-8155-1144-1. Retrieved 27 May 2012.
“WHO Model List of EssentialMedicines” (PDF). World Health Organization. October 2013. Retrieved 22 April 2014.
“Spironolactone”. International Drug Price Indicator Guide. Retrieved 29 November2015.
Hughes BR, Cunliffe WJ (May 1988). “Tolerance of spironolactone”. The British Journal of Dermatology 118 (5): 687–91. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2133.1988.tb02571.x.PMID 2969259.
Victor R. Preedy (1 January 2012). Handbook of Hair in Health and Disease. Springer Science & Business Media. pp. 132–. ISBN 978-90-8686-728-8.
Loy R, Seibel MM (December 1988). “Evaluation and therapy of polycystic ovarian syndrome”. Endocrinology and Metabolism Clinics of North America 17 (4): 785–813.PMID 3143568.

Spironolactone
Systematic (IUPAC) name


7α-Acetylthio-17α-hydroxy-3-oxopregn-4-ene-21-carboxylic acid γ-lactone
Clinical data
Pronunciation	/spɪˌroʊnəˈlæktoʊn, spaɪ–, spə–, –ˈrɒ–, –noʊ–/or /ˌspaɪrənoʊˈlæktoʊn/^[2]^[3]^[4]
Trade names	Aldactone
AHFS/Drugs.com	Monograph
MedlinePlus	a682627
Pregnancy category	AU: B3 US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of administration	Oral^[1]
Legal status
Legal status	UK: POM (Prescription only) US: ℞-only
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding	90%+^[5]
Metabolism	Hepatic CYP450
Biological half-life	1.3-2 hours
Excretion	Urine, bile
Identifiers
CAS Number	52-01-7
ATC code	C03DA01 (WHO)
PubChem	CID 5833
IUPHAR/BPS	2875
DrugBank	DB00421
ChemSpider	5628
UNII	27O7W4T232
KEGG	D00443
ChEBI	CHEBI:9241
ChEMBL	CHEMBL1393
Chemical data
Formula	C₂₄H₃₂O₄S
Molar mass	416.574 g/mol

///////Spironolactone, Supra-puren, Suracton, спиронолактон, سبيرونولاكتون ,

螺内酯 , Abbolactone, Aldactide, SNL, Spiroctanie, Sprioderm, Verospirone, Opianin

O=C5O[C@@]4([C@@]3([C@H]([C@@H]2[C@H](SC(=O)C)C/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@H]2CC3)CC4)C)CC5

Vorinostat (Zolinza)

Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 272016

Vorinostat, MK0683

CAS 149647-78-9

Zolinza, SAHA, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid, Suberanilohydroxamic acid, N-hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide

US patent 5369108, PDT PATENT

For the treatment of cutaneous manifestations in patients with cutaneous T-cell lymphoma who have progressive, persistent or recurrent disease on or following two systemic therapies. Inhibits histone deacetylase I & 3.

CCRIS 8456
HSDB 7930
M344
N-Hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide
SAHA
SAHA cpd
Suberanilohydroxamic acid
suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
UNII-58IFB293JI
MK0683

Average: 264.3202 Monoisotopic: 264.147392516
Chemical Formula	C₁₄H₂₀N₂O₃

N-hydroxy-N‘-phenyl-octanediamide
Trade names	Zolinza, 100 MG, CAPSULE, ORAL
	ZOLINZA (VORINOSTAT) [Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.]
MedlinePlus	a607050
Licence data	US FDA:link
	LAUNCHED 2006 MERCKhttp://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2011/021991s002lbl.pdf
Legal status	℞-only (US)
Routes	Oral
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding	71%
Metabolism	Hepatic glucuronidation andoxidation CYP system not involved
Half-life	2 hours
Excretion	Renal (negligible)
Identifiers
CAS number	149647-78-9
ATC code	L01 XX38

Chemical data
Formula	C₁₄H₂₀N₂O₃
Mol. mass	264.32 g/mol

CLINICAL TRIALS..http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=Vorinostat

Vorinostat (rINN) also known as suberanilohydroxamic acid (suberoyl+anilide+hydroxamic acid abbreviated as SAHA) is a member of a larger class of compounds that inhibit histone deacetylases (HDAC). Histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDI) have a broad spectrum of epigenetic activities.

Vorinostat is marketed under the name Zolinza for the treatment of cutaneous T cell lymphoma (CTCL) when the disease persists, gets worse, or comes back during or after treatment with other medicines.^[1] The compound was developed by Columbia University chemist, Ronald Breslow.

VORINOSTAT

Vorinostat was the first histone deacetylase inhibitor^[2] approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of CTCL on October 6, 2006. It is manufactured by Patheon, Inc., in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada, for Merck & Co., Inc., White House Station, New Jersey.^[3]

ZOLINZA contains vorinostat, which is described chemically as N-hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide. The empirical formula is C₁₄H₂₀N₂O₃. The molecular weight is 264.32 and the structural formula is:

ZOLINZA® (vorinostat) Structural Formula Illustration

Vorinostat is a white to light orange powder. It is very slightly soluble in water, slightly soluble in ethanol, isopropanol and acetone, freely soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide and insoluble in methylene chloride. It has no chiral centers and is non-hygroscopic. The differential scanning calorimetry ranged from 161.7 (endotherm) to 163.9°C. The pH of saturated water solutions of vorinostat drug substance was 6.6. The pKa of vorinostat was determined to be 9.2.

Each 100 mg ZOLINZA capsule for oral administration contains 100 mg vorinostat and the following inactive ingredients: microcrystalline cellulose, sodium croscarmellose and magnesium stearate. The capsule shell excipients are titanium dioxide, gelatin and sodium lauryl sulfate.

Vorinostat has been shown to bind to the active site of histone deacetylases and act as a chelator for Zinc ions also found in the active site of histone deacetylases ^[4] Vorinostat’s inhibition of histone deacetylases results in the accumulation of acetylated histones and acetylated proteins, including transcription factors crucial for the expression of genes needed to induce cell differentiation. ^[4]
SAHA inhibits class I and class II HDACs at nanomolar concentrations and arrests cell growth in a wide variety of transformed cells in culture at 2.5-5.0 µM. This compound efficiently suppressed MES-SA cell growth at a low dosage (3 µM) already after 24 hours treatment. Decrease of cell survival was even more pronounced after prolonged treatment and reached 9% and 2% after 48 and 72 hours of treatment, respectively. Colony forming capability of MES-SA cells treated with 3 µM vorinostat for 24 and 48 hours was significantly diminished and blocked after 72 hours.

Vorinostat has also been used to treat Sézary syndrome, another type of lymphoma closely related to CTCL.^[5]

A recent study suggested that vorinostat also possesses some activity against recurrent glioblastoma multiforme, resulting in a median overall survival of 5.7 months (compared to 4 – 4.4 months in earlier studies).^[6] Further brain tumor trials are planned in which vorinostat will be combined with other drugs.

Including vorinostat in treatment of advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) showed improved response rates and increased median progression free survival and overall survival (although the survival improvements were not significant at the P=0.05 level).^[7]

It has given encouraging results in a phase II trial for myelodysplastic syndromes in combination with Idarubicin and Cytarabine.^[8]

Vorinostat is an interesting target for scientists interested in eradicating HIV from infected persons.^[9] Vorinostat was recently shown to have both in vitro and in vivo effects against latently HIV infected T-cells.^[10]^[11]

Vorinostat, represented by structural formula (I) and chemically named as N-hydroxy-N’- phenyl-octanediamide or suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAElA), is a member of a larger class of compounds that inhibit histone deacetylases (HDAC). Histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDI) have a broad spectrum of epigenetic activities and vorinostat is marketed, under the brand name Zolinza^®, for the treatment of a type of skin cancer called cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL). Vorinostat is approved to be used when the disease persists, gets worse, or comes back during or after treatment with other medicines. Vorinostat has also been used to treat Sέzary’s disease and, in addition, possesses some activity against recurrent glioblastoma multiforme.

Vorinostat was first described in US patent 5369108, wherein four different synthetic routes for the preparation of vorinostat are disclosed (Schemes 1 to 4).

The single step process illustrated in Scheme 1 involves coupling of the diacid chloride of suberic acid with aniline and hydiOxylamine hydrochloride. However, the yield of this reaction is only 15-30%.

Scheme 1

The multistep process illustrated in Scheme 2 begins with the monomethyl ester of suberic acid, which undergoes conversion to the corresponding acid chloride. Further coupling with aniline gives the methyl ester of suberanilic acid. Hydrolysis of the ester and further coupling with benzyl protected hydroxylamine gives benzyl protected vorinostat which on deprotection gives vorinostat.

HO. (CH₂J₆ OMe . ,OOMM e

O O

Scheme 2

In addition to the disadvantage of being a five-step process with overall yields reported as 35-65%, this process suffers from further disadvantages such as the use of the expensive monomethyl ester of suberic acid.

Scheme 3

The two step process illustrated in Scheme 3 involves coupling of the diacid chloride of suberic acid with aniline and O-benzyl hydroxylamine and then deprotection. However, the overall yield of this reaction is only 20-35%.

Scheme 4

The process illustrated in Scheme 4 is similar to that illustrated in Scheme 3, with the exception that O-trimethylsilyl hydroxylamine was used instead of O-benzyl hydroxylamine. The overall yield of this reaction is reported as 20-33%.

Another process for the preparation of vorinostat has been reported in J. Med. Chem.,

1995, vol. 38(8), pages 1411-1413. The reported process, illustrated in Scheme 5, begins with the conversion of suberic acid to suberanilic acid by a high temperature melt reaction.

Suberanilic acid is further converted to the corresponding methyl ester using Dowex resin and the methyl ester of suberanilic acid thus formed is converted to vorinostat by treatment with hydroxylamine hydrochloride. However, this process employs high temperatures (190⁰C) in the preparation of vorinostat which adds to the inefficiency and high processing costs on commercial scale. The high temperatures also increase the likelihood of impurities being formed during manufacture and safety concerns. The overall yield reported was a poor 35%.

MeOH, Dowex, 22 hours

Scheme 5

Another process for the preparation of vorinostat has been reported in OPPI Briefs, 2001, vol. 33(4), pages 391-394. The reported process, illustrated in Scheme 6, involves conversion of suberic acid to suberic anhydride, which on treatment with aniline gives suberanilic acid. Coupling of this suberanilic acid with ethyl chloroformate gives a mixed anhydride which upon treatment with hydroxylamine gives vorinostat in an overall yield of 58%. In the first step, there is competition between the formation of suberic anhydride and the linear anhydride and consequently isolation of pure suberic anhydride from the reaction mixture is very difficult. This process step is also hindered by the formation of process impurities and competitive reactions. In the second step, there is formation of dianilide by reaction of two moles of aniline with the linear anhydride. In the third step, suberanilic acid is an inconvenient by-product as the suberanilic acid is converted to a mixed anhydride with ethyl chloroformate, which is highly unstable and is converted back into suberanilic acid. Consequently, it is very difficult to obtain pure vorinostat from the reaction mixture. Although the reported yield was claimed to be 58%, when repeated a yield of only 38% was obtained.

Scheme 6

A further process for the preparation of vorinostat has been reported in J. Med. Chem., 2005, vol. 48(15), pages 5047-5051. The reported process, illustrated in Scheme 7, involves conversion of monomethyl suberate to monomethyl suberanilic acid, followed by coupling with hydroxylamine hydrochloride to afford vorinostat in an overall yield of 79%. However, the process uses the expensive monomethyl ester of suberic acid as starting material.

HOBt, DCC, DMF, RT, 4 hours

Processes for the preparation of vorinostat, and its form 1 crystalline polymorph, have been disclosed in patent applications US 2004/0122101 and WO 2006/127319. However, the disclosed processes, comprising the preparation of vorinostat from suberic acid, are a cumbersome three step process comprising the sequential steps of amidation of suberic acid with aniline, esterification of the mono-amide product with methanol, and finally reaction with hydroxylamine hydrochloride and sodium methoxide to afford vorinostat. This process is not very convenient as it involves elevated temperatures, lengthy reaction times and has a low overall yield of around 23%. In addition, the intermediate products and final product are not very pure and require exhaustive purification steps.

CLIP

Vorinostat (ZolinzaTM) Vorinostat, a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor from Merck, was approved for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), a type of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma.

Vorinostat was shown to inhibit HDAC1, HDAC2, HDAC3 and HDAC6 at nanomolar concentrations. HDAC inhibitors are potent differentiating agents toward a variety of neoplasms, including leukemia and breast and prostate cancers [58].

Commercially available monomethyl ester 125 wasVorinostat (ZolinzaTM) Vorinostat, a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor from Merck, was approved for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), a type of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma.

Commercially available monomethyl ester 125 was reacted with aniline in the presence of DCC and HOBt in DMF to give amide 127 in 89%yield [59] (Scheme 16).

Methyl ester amide 127 was then reacted with hydroxylamine HCl salt and potassium hydroxide in methanol to give vorinostat(XVI) in 90% yield.

[58] Breslow, R.; Marks, P.A.; Rifkind, R. A.; Jursic, B. WO9307148,2003.
[59] Gediya, L. K.; Chopra, P.; Purushottamachar, P.; Maheshwari, N.;Njar, V. C. O. J. Med. Chem., 2005, 48, 5047.

PATENT

VORINOSTAT

http://www.google.com/patents/EP2349985A2

A preferred embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention is illustrated in Scheme

suberic acid subefanilic acid NH₂OHHCl, CDI

suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (T)

Scheme 8

Optionally, an activating agent can be used in step (a) and/ or step (b) to afford products with high yields and purity. Preferably, the activating agent is selected from cyanuric chloride, cyanuric fluoride, catecholborane, or a mixture thereof. The activating agent is preferably used in combination with the coupling agent. A preferred embodiment of the process according to the first aspect of the present invention comprises the following steps:

(i) taking a mixture of THF, CDI and DCC;

(ii) adding suberic acid; (iii) adding aniline in THF to the solution from step (ii);

(iv) stirring at 25-30°C;

(v) filtering off the solid dicyclohexyl urea formed in the reaction;

(vi) concentrating the filtrate in vacuo;

(vii) adding a solution of KOH in water; (vϋi) filtering off the solid by-product;

(ix) heating the filtrate;

(x) adding aq. HCl;

(xi) isolating suberanilic acid;

(xii) mixing the suberanilic acid and CDI in DMF; (xiii) adding hydroxylamine hydrochloride as solid to the mixture from step (xii);

(xiv) isolating vorinostat from the mixture obtained in step (xiii);

(xv) adding acetonitrile and aq. ammonia to the vorinostat from step (xiv);

(xvi) heating the mixture;

(xvii) cooling the mixture to 20-27°C; and (xvϋi) isolating pure vorinostat from the mixture obtained in step (xvii).

Preferably, by utilising the same organic solvent in steps (a) and (b), pure vorinostat can be obtained without isolation of any synthetic intermediate^).

A preferred embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention is illustrated in Scheme 9.

suberic acid N-hydtoxy-7-carboxy-heptanamide

Example 1

Stage 1 : Conversion of suberic acid to suberanilic acid

A mixture of CDI (0.5eq) and DCC (0.8eq) in THF (15 vol) was stirred for 1 hour at 25- 3O⁰C. Suberic acid (leq) and aniline (leq) in THF (1 vol) was added and the mixture stirred for a further 16-20 hours. The solid by-product was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo at 5O⁰C. The solid residue obtained was treated with a solution of KOH (2eq) in water (10 vol) and stirred for 30 minutes at 25-30⁰C and any solid byproduct formed was removed by filtration. The filtrate obtained was heated at 6O⁰C for 3-4 hours and cooled to 20⁰C before addition of an aqueous solution of HCl (17.5%, 3 vol). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and the solid filtered, washed with water (2×5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 60-65⁰C. Molar Yield = 60-65% Purity by HPLC = 99.5%

Stage 2: Conversion of suberanilic acid to crude vorinostat The suberanilic acid (leq) obtained in stage 1 was dissolved in DMF (5 vol) and CDI (2eq) was added at 25-3O⁰C and maintained for 30 minutes under stirring. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4eq) was added and stirring continued for 30 minutes. Water (25 vol) was then added and the mixture stirred for 2 hours. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water (2×5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 50⁰C. Molar Yield = 70-75% Purity by HPLC = 99% Stage 3: Purification of crude vorinostat

Aqueous ammonia (2.5 vol) was added to the crude vorinostat (leq) in acetonitrile (15 vol) at 25-30°C. The mixture was then maintained at 55-60°C for 1 hour before being cooled to 20-25°C and being stirred for a further hour. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with acetonitrile (2×0.5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 45-5O⁰C for 5 hours. Molar Yield = 55-60% Purity by HPLC > 99.8%

Example 2

Stage 1 : Conversion of suberic acid to crude vorinostat

A mixture of CDI (0.5eq) and DCC (0.8eq) in THF (15 vol) was stirred for 1 hour at 25- 30°C. Suberic acid (leq) and hydroxylamine (leq) in THF (1 vol) was added and the mixture stirred for a further 1 hour. Then CDI (0.5eq), DCC (0.8eq) and aniline (leq) were added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for a further 16-20 hours. The solid byproduct was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo at 50°C to obtain crude vorinostat. Molar Yield = 55-60% Purity by HPLC > 95.8%

Stage 2: Purification of crude vorinostat

Aqueous ammonia (2.5 vol) was added to the crude vorinostat (leq) in acetonitrile (15 vol) at 25-3O⁰C. The mixture was then maintained at 55-60⁰C for 1 hour before being cooled to 20-25⁰C and being stirred for a further hour. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with acetonitrile (2×0.5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 45-50⁰C for 5 hours. Molar Yield = 35-40% Purity by HPLC > 99.8%

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

WO2009098515A1

Scheme V. – –

Vorinostat

Suberic acid (l.Oeq) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (15vol) and the clear solution was chilled to 0-5°C. Methyl chloro formate (l.leq) and triethylamine (1.1 eq) were added to the solution at the same temperature and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The triethylamine.HCl salt formed was filtered off, then aniline (leq) was added to the reaction mixture at 0-5⁰C and stirring was continued for 15 minutes. Methyl chloroformate (l.leq) and triethylamine (l.leq) were added to the clear solution and stirring was continued for a further 15 minutes at 0-5°C. This chilled reaction mixture was added to a freshly prepared hydroxylamine solution in methanol (*see below) chilled to 0-5°C and stirred for 15 minutes at 0-5°C. The solvent was removed under vacuum at 40°C and the residue obtained was taken in methylene dichloride and the organic solution was washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Methylene dichloride was removed under vacuum at 40°C and acetonitrile was added to the residue. This mixture was stirred for 15 minutes before the solid was filtered under vacuum and dried under vacuum at 60°C to afford the product as a white solid. Molar yield = 35-41%; HPLC purity = 99.90%.

VORINOSTAT

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): 1.27 (m, 4H, 2 x -CH₂-), 1.53 (m, 4H, 2 x -CH₂-), 1.94 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H, -CH₂-), 2.29 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H, -CH₂-), 7.03 (t, J = 7.35 Hz, IH, aromatic para position), 7.27 (t, J = 7.90 Hz, 2H, aromatic meta position), 7.58 (t, J = 7.65 Hz, 2H, aromatic ortho position), 8.66 (s, IH, -OH, D₂O exchangeable), 9.85 (s, IH, amide -NH-, D₂O exchangeable), 10.33 (s, IH, -NH-OH, D₂O exchangeable).

¹³C-NMR (DMSO-d₆): 25.04 (2C, 2 x -CH₂-), 28.43 (2C, 2 x -CH₂-), 32.24 (1C, -CH₂-), 36.34 (1C, -CH₂-), 119.01 (2C, Ar-C), 122.96 (1C, Ar-C), 128.68 (2C, Ar-C), 139.24 (1C, Ar- C, =CNH-), 169.23 (1C, -CO-), 171.50 (1C, -CO-).

*Preparation of hydroxylamine solution:

Potassium hydroxide (l.leq) was added to methanol (8vol) and the solution was chilled to 0-5°C. Similarly hydroxylamine hydrochloride (l.leq) was added to methanol (8vol) and chilled to 0-5°C. The chilled amine solution was added to the chilled alkali solution and stirred for 15 minutes at 0-5⁰C. The white potassium chloride salt was filtered off and the filtrate was used as such.

PATENT

POLYMORPHS

US20040122101

The present invention is directed to a Form I polymorph of SAHA characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern substantially similar to that set forth in FIG. 13A. SAHA Form I is also characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern including characteristic peaks at about at about 9.0, 9.4, 17.5, 19.4, 20.0, 24.0, 24.4, 24.8, 25.0, 28.0, and 43.3 degrees 2θ. SAHA Form I is further characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern including characteristic peaks at about 9.0, 9.4, 17.5, 19.4, 20.0, 24.0, 24.4, 24.8, 25.0, 28.0, 43.3 degrees 20, and lacking at least one peak at about <8.7, 10.0-10.2, 13.4-14.0, 15.0-15.2, 17.5-19.0, 20.1-20.3, 21.1-21.3, 22.0-22.22, 22.7-23.0, 25.0-25.5, 26.0-26.2, and 27.4-27.6 degrees 2θ.

PAPER

SPECTRAL DATA AND SYNTHESIS

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 , vol. 54, 13 pg. 4694 – 4720

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

for structures see above link

Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (26, SAHA, vorinostat).

dry MeOH (375 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min at room temp. The reaction was
quenched by adding of 1 N HCl to pH 7–8. MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and water
(1 L) was added to the residue. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed with water (300 mL)
and EtOAc (150 mL) to afford crude 26 which was further purified by recrystallization. MeOH (200
mL) was added to crude 26 (5 g) and warmed to dissolve all solids. The MeOH solution was filtered,

and deionized water (400 mL) was added to the filtrate, the resulting solution was placed at 4 oC
overnight. Crystals obtained were filtered and washed with deionized water (100 mL) to afford pure
26 (vorinostat, SAHA) as off-white crystals. Overall yield: 80–85% from compound 23. Compound
26,

LC–MS m/z 265.1 ([M + H]+).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  10.35 (1H, s), 9.86 (1H, s), 8.68 (1H, s),
7.58 (2H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.28 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.02 (1H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.29 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz),
1.94 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.57 (2H, m), 1.49 (2H, m), 1.33 – 1.20 (2H, m); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) 
171.2, 169.1, 139.3, 128.6, 122.9, 119.0, 36.3, 32.2, 28.4, 28.3, 25.0. Anal. (C10H20N2O3) C, H, N.

CLIP

Suberic acid monomethyl ester (23) (15.09 g, 80.2 mmol) and DMF (0.10 mL) in anhydrous DCM (300 mL) was added SOCl2 (34.6 mL, 0.481 mol), and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h. The mixture was then concentrated. Toluene (300 mL) was added to the residue and evaporated to afford crude acid chloride 24. Crude 24 was dissolved in DCM (240 mL), and followed by addition of aniline (7.3 mL, 80.2 mmol) and Et3N (16.9 mL, 0.120 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 90 min at room temp. The course of reaction was monitored by TLC (30% EtOAc in hexanes) and LC–MS. DCM was removed, and ethyl acetate (500 mL) was added to dissolve the residue. The organic layer was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (500 mL × 2), 1 N HCl (400 mL ×2), water, dried (Na2SO4), and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by vacuum liquid chromatography (silica, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford compound 25 as white crystalline solids (20.15 g, 96 %). NaOMe in MeOH solution (5.4 M, 106 mL, 0.573 mol) was added to a solution of compound 25 (10.05 g, 38.2 mmol) and NH2OH·HCl (26.54 g, 0.382 mol) in dry MeOH (375 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min at room temp. The reaction was quenched by adding of 1 N HCl to pH 7–8. MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and water (1 L) was added to the residue. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed with water (300 mL) and EtOAc (150 mL) to afford crude 26 which was further purified by recrystallization. MeOH (200 mL) was added to crude 26 (5 g) and warmed to dissolve all solids. The MeOH solution was filtered, S37 and deionized water (400 mL) was added to the filtrate, the resulting solution was placed at 4 oC overnight. Crystals obtained were filtered and washed with deionized water (100 mL) to afford pure 26 (vorinostat, SAHA) as off-white crystals. Overall yield: 80–85% from compound 23.

. Compound 26,

LC–MS m/z 265.1 ([M + H] + ).

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  171.2, 169.1, 139.3, 128.6, 122.9, 119.0, 36.3, 32.2, 28.4, 28.3, 25.0.

Anal. (C10H20N2O3) C, H, N.

NMR

1H NMR spectrum of C14H20N2O3 in CDCL3 at 400 MHz.

SEE http://www.abmole.com/download/vorinostat-hnmr.pdf

………………………………………………………….

References

“ZOLINZA, Merck’s Investigational Medicine for Advanced Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma (CTCL), To Receive Priority Review from U.S. Food and Drug Administration” (Press release). Merck & Co. June 7, 2006. Retrieved 2006-10-06.
HDAC Inhibitors Base (vorinostat)
“FDA Approves New Drug for Skin Cancer, Zolinza” (Press release). Food and Drug Administration. October 6, 2006. Retrieved 2006-10-06.
Richon, Victoria. “Cancer biology: mechanism of antitumour action of vorinostat (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid), a novel histone deacetylase inhibitor”. British Journal of Cancer. Retrieved 3 May 2012.
Cuneo A, Castoldi. “Mycosis fungoides/Sezary’s syndrome”. Retrieved 2008-02-15.
“Vorinostat shows anti-cancer activity in recurrent gliomas” (Press release). Mayo Clinic. June 3, 2007. Retrieved 2007-06-03.
http://www.rtmagazine.com/reuters_article.asp?id=20091209clin013.html Dec 2009. URL dead Jan 2012
“Zolinza, Idarubicin, Cytarabine Combination Yields High Response Rates In MDS Patients (ASH 2011)”.
“Study of the Effect of Vorinostat on HIV RNA Expression in the Resting CD4+ T Cells of HIV+ Pts on Stable ART”. ClinicalTrials.gov. 2011-03-21.
Archin NM, Espeseth A, Parker D, Cheema M, Hazuda D, Margolis DM (2009). “Expression of latent HIV induced by the potent HDAC inhibitor suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid.”. AIDS Res Hum Retroviruses 25 (2): 207–12. doi:10.1089/aid.2008.0191. PMC 2853863. PMID 19239360.
Contreras X, Schweneker M, Chen CS, McCune JM, Deeks SG, Martin J et al. (2009). “Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid reactivates HIV from latently infected cells.”. J Biol Chem 284 (11): 6782–9.doi:10.1074/jbc.M807898200. PMC 2652322. PMID 19136668.
Vorinostat bound to proteins in the PDB
J. Med. Chem.,1995, vol. 38(8), pages 1411-1413.
A new simple and high-yield synthesis of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and its inhibitory effect alone or in combination with retinoids on proliferation of human prostate cancer cells
J Med Chem 2005, 48(15): 5047
A new facile and expeditious synthesis of N-hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide, a potent inducer of terminal cytodifferentiation
Org Prep Proced Int 2001, 33(4): 391
US patent 5369108, PDT PATENT
WO2007/22408………
WO 1993007148
CN 102344392

United States	7456219	APPROVAL 2006-11-14	EXPIRY 2026-11-14
United States	6087367	1994-10-04	2011-10-04
Canada	2120619	2006-11-21	2012-10-05

Patent	Patent Expiry	pat use code
7399787	Feb 9, 2025	U-892
7456219	Mar 11, 2027
7652069	Mar 4, 2023
7732490	Mar 4, 2023	U-892
7851509	Feb 21, 2024	U-892
8067472	Mar 4, 2023	U-892
8093295	May 16, 2026
8101663	Mar 4, 2023	U-892
RE38506	Nov 29, 2013

U 892 =TREATMENT OF CUTANEOUS MANIFESTATIONS IN PATIENTS WTIH CUTANEOUS T-CELL LYMPHOMA (CTCL)

Exclusivity Code	Exclusivity_Date
ODE	Oct 6, 2013

WO2009098515A1 *

Feb 6, 2009

Aug 13, 2009

Generics Uk Ltd

Novel process for the preparation of vorinostat

Marks, P.A., Breslow, R. Dimethyl sulfoxide to vorinostat: Development of this histone deacetylase inhibitor as an anticancer drug. Nat Biotech 25(1) 84-90 (2007). DOI: 10.1038/nbt1272
Takashi Kumagai, et al. Histone deacetylase inhibitor, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (Vorinostat, SAHA) profoundly inhibits the growth of human pancreatic cancer cells. International Journal of Cancer. 2007 Aug 1;121(3):656-65. DOI: 10.1002/ijc.22558
Hrzenjak A, et al. Histone deacetylase inhibitor vorinostat suppresses the growth of uterine sarcomas in vitro and in vivo. Mol Cancer. 2010 Mar 4;9:49. DOI: 10.1186/1476-4598-9-49

………………………………………………………………………………………

Title: Vorinostat

CAS Registry Number: 149647-78-9

CAS Name: N-Hydroxy-N¢-phenyloctanediamide

Additional Names: suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid; SAHA

Molecular Formula: C14H20N2O3

Molecular Weight: 264.32

Percent Composition: C 63.62%, H 7.63%, N 10.60%, O 18.16%

Literature References: Second generation hybrid polar compound; histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor that induces cell cycle arrest, differentiation and apoptosis in tumor cells. Prepn: R. Breslow et al., WO 9307148; eidem, US 5369108 (1993, 1994 both to Sloan-Kettering Inst.; Columbia Univ.); J. C. Stowell et al., J. Med. Chem. 38, 1411 (1995). Synthesis: A. Mai et al., Org. Prep. Proceed. Int. 33, 391 (2001). HTLC determn in serum: L. Du et al., Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. 19, 1779 (2005). In vitroantiproliferative activity: P. N. Munster et al., Cancer Res. 61, 8492 (2001). In vivo antineoplastic activity: L. A. Cohen et al.,Anticancer Res. 22, 1497 (2002). Clinical pharmacokinetics and activity in cancer patients: W. K. Kelly et al., J. Clin. Oncol. 23, 3923 (2005). Review of mechanism of action: V. M. Richon et al., Blood Cells Mol. Dis. 27, 260-264 (2001); of development and therapeutic potential: R. W. Johnstone, IDrugs 7, 674-682 (2004).

Properties: White solid, mp 159-160.5°.

Melting point: mp 159-160.5°

Therap-Cat: Antineoplastic.

Keywords: Antineoplastic.

US7148257	Aug 26, 2003	Dec 12, 2006	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Methods of treating mesothelioma with suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7375137	Mar 28, 2006	May 20, 2008	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Methods of treating cancer with HDAC inhibitors
US7399787	Jul 9, 2003	Jul 15, 2008	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Methods of treating cancer with HDAC inhibitors
US7456219	Jun 19, 2003	Nov 25, 2008	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7652069	Oct 30, 2007	Jan 26, 2010	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7732490	Sep 11, 2007	Jun 8, 2010	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Methods of treating cancer
US7847122	Mar 18, 2008	Dec 7, 2010	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7851509	Mar 18, 2008	Dec 14, 2010	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7879865	Nov 18, 2005	Feb 1, 2011	Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research	Treatment of cancer of the brain using histone deacetylase inhibitors
US7998957	Feb 6, 2008	Aug 16, 2011	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicylcoheptenes, their preparation and use
US8058268	Jul 29, 2009	Nov 15, 2011	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	Neuroprotective agents for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US8067472	Apr 23, 2010	Nov 29, 2011	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Methods of treating Hodgkin’s and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma
US8088951	Nov 30, 2007	Jan 3, 2012	Massachusetts Institute Of Technology	Epigenetic mechanisms re-establish access to long-term memory after neuronal loss
US8093295	May 16, 2006	Jan 10, 2012	Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing the same
US8101663	Dec 7, 2009	Jan 24, 2012	Merck Hdac Research, Llc	Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US8143445	Oct 1, 2008	Mar 27, 2012	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	HDAC inhibitors
US8227473	Jul 17, 2009	Jul 24, 2012	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicycloheptenes, their preparation and use
US8288440 *	Jan 13, 2010	Oct 16, 2012	Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US8329719	Aug 1, 2011	Dec 11, 2012	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	Neuroprotective agents for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US8426444	Jun 30, 2011	Apr 23, 2013	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicycloheptenes, their preparation and use
US8450372 *	Jan 13, 2010	May 28, 2013	Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US8455688	Mar 21, 2012	Jun 4, 2013	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	HDAC inhibitors
US8541458	Jun 11, 2012	Sep 24, 2013	Lixte Biotechnology, Inc.	Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicycloheptenes, their preparation and use
US8563615	Nov 1, 2010	Oct 22, 2013	Massachusetts Institute Of Technology	Use of CI-994 and dinaline for the treatment of memory/cognition and anxiety disorders
US20100112046 *	Jan 13, 2010	May 6, 2010	Jeannie Chow Wong	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US20100113829 *	Jan 13, 2010	May 6, 2010	Cote Aaron S	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US20100119596 *	Jan 13, 2010	May 13, 2010	Jeannie Chow Wong	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US20110263712 *	Oct 14, 2009	Oct 27, 2011	Generics (Uk) Limited	Process for the preparation of vorinostat
US20110313044 *	Jun 16, 2011	Dec 22, 2011	Urquima S.A.	Polymorphs of Suberoylanilide Hydroxamic Acid
EP2079304A1 *	Sep 24, 2007	Jul 22, 2009	Merck & Co., Inc.	Amine base salts of saha and polymorphs thereof
EP2229941A1 *	May 16, 2006	Sep 22, 2010	Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
EP2292221A2 *	May 16, 2006	Mar 9, 2011	Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2006127319A2 *	May 16, 2006	Nov 30, 2006	Merck & Co Inc	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2006127321A2 *	May 16, 2006	Nov 30, 2006	Merck & Co Inc	Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2008039421A2 *	Sep 24, 2007	Apr 3, 2008	Arlene E Mckeown	Pharmaceutical compositions of hdac inhibitors and chelatable metal compounds, and metal-hdac inhibitor chelate complexes
WO2008042146A1 *	Sep 24, 2007	Apr 10, 2008	Arlene E Mckeown	Amine base salts of saha and polymorphs thereof
WO2008097654A1 *	Feb 8, 2008	Aug 14, 2008	Nancie M Archin	Methods of using saha for treating hiv infection
WO2009020565A1 *	Aug 1, 2008	Feb 12, 2009	Lixte Biotechnology Inc	Use of phosphatases to treat neuroblastomas and medulloblastomas
WO2010061220A2 *	Nov 25, 2009	Jun 3, 2010	Generics [Uk] Limited	Novel processes and pure polymorphs

EXTRAS

MS-275 (Entinostat); CI-994 (Tacedinaline); BML-210; M344; MGCD0103 (Mocetinostat); PXD101 (Belinostat); LBH-589 (Panobinostat); Tubastatin A; Scriptaid; NSC 3852; NCH 51; HNHA; BML-281; CBHA; Salermide ; Pimelic Diphenylamide; ITF2357 (Givinostat); PCI-24781; APHA Compound 8; Droxinostat; SB939.

SEE COMPILATION ON SIMILAR COMPOUNDS AT …………..http://drugsynthesisint.blogspot.in/p/nostat-series.html

//////////////149647-78-9, MK0683, VORINOSTAT, Zolinza

ONC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1

///////

Prucalopride succinate (Resolor)

Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 272016

Prucalopride (Resolor)

CAS 179474-81-8 , R-093877; R-108512

4-Amino-5-chlor-N-[1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-7-carboxamid

R-093877|R-108512|Resolor®

Resolor;Resotran

Resotran

UNII:0A09IUW5TP

SHIRE 2010 LAUNCHED

JANNSEN PHASE 3 IRRITABLE BOWL SYNDROME

Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V., INNOVATOR

Prucalopride succinate; 179474-85-2; Resolor; Prucalopride (succinate); UNII-4V2G75E1CK; R-108512;
Molecular Formula:	C₂₂H₃₂ClN₃O₇
Molecular Weight:	485.95838 g/mol

Drug Name：Prucalopride Succinate

Trade Name：Resolor^®,MOA：Serotonin (5-HT4) receptor agonist, Indication：Chronic constipation

Company：Shire (Originator) , Johnson & Johnson

APPROVED EU 2009-10-15

CHINA 2014-01-21

COA NMR HPLC CLICK

Prucalopride (brand name Resolor, developed by Johnson & Johnson and licensed to Movetis) is a drug acting as a selective, high affinity 5-HT₄ receptor agonist^[1] which targets the impaired motility associated with chronic constipation, thus normalizing bowel movements.^[2]^[3]^[4]^[5]^[6]^[7] Prucalopride was approved for use in Europe in 2009,^[8] in Canada (named Resotran) on December 7, 2011^[9] and in Israel in 2014^[10] but it has not been approved by the Food and Drug Administration for use in the United States. The drug has also been tested for the treatment of chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction.^[11]^[12]

Mechanism of action

Prucalopride, a first in class dihydro-benzofuran-carboxamide, is a selective, high affinity serotonin (5-HT₄) receptor agonist with enterokinetic activities.^[13] Prucalopride alters colonic motility patterns via serotonin 5-HT₄ receptor stimulation: it stimulates colonic mass movements, which provide the main propulsive force for defecation.

The observed effects are exerted via highly selective action on 5-HT₄ receptors:^[13] prucalopride has >150-fold higher affinity for 5-HT₄ receptors than for other receptors.^[1]^[14] Prucalopride differs from other 5-HT₄ agonists such as tegaserod and cisapride, which at therapeutic concentrations also interact with other receptors (5-HT_1B/D and the cardiac human ether-a-go-go K⁺ or hERG channelrespectively) and this may account for the adverse cardiovascular events that have resulted in the restricted availability of these drugs.^[14] Clinical trials evaluating the effect of prucalopride on QT interval and related adverse events have not demonstrated significant differences compared with placebo.^[13]

ChemSpider 2D Image | prucalopride | C18H26ClN3O3

Pharmacokinetics

Prucalopride is rapidly absorbed (C_max attained 2–3 hours after single 2 mg oral dose) and is extensively distributed. Metabolism is not the major route of elimination. In vitro, human liver metabolism is very slow and only minor amounts of metabolites are found. A large fraction of the active substance is excreted unchanged (about 60% of the administered dose in urine and at least 6% in feces).Renal excretion of unchanged prucalopride involves both passive filtration and active secretion. Plasma clearance averages 317 ml/min, terminal half-life is 24–30 hours,^[15] and steady-state is reached within 3–4 days. On once daily treatment with 2 mg prucalopride, steady-state plasma concentrations fluctuate between trough and peak values of 2.5 and 7 ng/ml, respectively.^[13]

In vitro data indicate that prucalopride has a low interaction potential, and therapeutic concentrations of prucalopride are not expected to affect the CYP-mediated metabolism of co-medicated medicinal products.^[13]

Efficacy

The primary measure of efficacy in the clinical trials is three or more spontaneous complete bowel movements per week; a secondary measure is an increase of at least one complete spontaneous bowel movement per week.^[7]^[16]^[17] Further measures are improvements in PAC-QOL^[18] (a quality of life measure) and PAC-SYM^[19] (a range of stool,abdominal, and rectal symptoms associated with chronic constipation). Infrequent bowel movements, bloating, straining, abdominal pain, and defecation urge with inability to evacuate can be severe symptoms, significantly affecting quality of life.^[20]^[21]^[22]^[23]^[24]

In three large clinical trials, 12 weeks of treatment with prucalopride 2 and 4 mg/day resulted in a significantly higher proportion of patients reaching the primary efficacy endpoint of an average of ≥3 spontaneous complete bowel movements than with placebo.^[7]^[16]^[17] There was also significantly improved bowel habit and associated symptoms, patient satisfaction with bowel habit and treatment, and HR-QOL in patients with severe chronic constipation, including those who did not experience adequate relief with prior therapies (>80% of the trial participants).^[7]^[16]^[17] The improvement in patient satisfaction with bowel habit and treatment was maintained during treatment for up to 24 months; prucalopride therapy was generally well tolerated.^[25]^[26]

Side effects

Prucalopride has been given orally to ~2700 patients with chronic constipation in controlled clinical trials. The most frequently reported side effects are headache andgastrointestinal symptoms (abdominal pain, nausea or diarrhea). Such reactions occur predominantly at the start of therapy and usually disappear within a few days with continued treatment.^[13]

Approval

In the European Economic Area, prucalopride was originally approved for the symptomatic treatment of chronic constipation in women in whom laxatives fail to provide adequate relief.^[13] Subsequently, it has been approved by the European Commission for use in adults – that is, including male patients – for the same indication.^[27]

Contraindications

Prucalopride is contraindicated where there is hypersensitivity to the active substance or to any of the excipients, renal impairment requiring dialysis, intestinal perforation orobstruction due to structural or functional disorder of the gut wall, obstructive ileus, severe inflammatory conditions of the intestinal tract, such as Crohn’s disease, and ulcerative colitis and toxic megacolon/megarectum.^[13]

CLIP

Prucalopride succinate, a first-in-class dihydrobenzofurancarboxamide, is a selective serotonin (5-HT4) receptor agonist.86–94 The drug, marketed under the brand name Resolor, possesses enterokinetic activity and was developed by the Belgian-based pharmaceutical firm Movetis. Prucalopride alters colonic motility patterns via serotonin 5-HT4 receptor stimulation, triggering the central propulsive force for defecation.95–97 The preparation of prucalopride succinate begins with the commercially available salicylic aniline 124 (Scheme 18). Acidic esterification, acetylation of the aniline nitrogen atom, and ambient-temperature chlorination via sulfuryl chloride (SO2Cl2) converted aminophenol 124 to acetamidoester 125 in 83% yield over the course of three steps.98–102 An unique set of conditions involving sodium tosylchloramide (chloramine T) trihydrate and sodium iodide were then employed to convert 125 to o-phenolic iodide 126, which then underwent sequential Sonogashira/cyclization reaction utilizing TMS-acetylene with tetramethylguanidine (TMG) in the presence of silica gel to furnish the benzofuran progenitor of 127.103 Hydrogenation of this intermediate benzofuranyl Sonagashira product saturated the 2,3-benzofuranyl bond while leaving the chlorine atom intact, ultimately delivering dihydrobenzofuran 127 in excellent yield for the two step sequence. Base-induced saponification and acetamide removal gave rise to acid 128. This acid was activated as the corresponding mixed anhydride and treated with commercial piperidine 129 to construct prucalopride which was stirred at room temperature for 24 h in ethanolic succinic acid to provide prucalopride succinate (XI). The yield for the formation of the salt was not provided.

86. Briejer, M. R.; Bosmans, J. P.; Van Daele, P.; Jurzak, M.; Heylen, L.; Leysen, J. E.;Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. J. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2001, 423, 71.
87. Briejer, M. R.; Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. J. Neurogastroenterol. Motil. 2001, 13,465.
88. Coggrave, M.; Wiesel, P. H.; Norton, C. Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2006.CD002115.
89. Coremans, G.; Kerstens, R.; De Pauw, M.; Stevens, M. Digestion 2003, 67, 82.
90. De Winter, B. Y.; Boeckxstaens, G. E.; De Man, J. G.; Moreels, T. G.; Schuurkes, J.A. J.; Peeters, T. L.; Herman, A. G.; Pelckmans, P. A. Gut 1999, 45, 713.
91. Emmanuel, A. V.; Roy, A. J.; Nicholls, T. J.; Kamm, M. A. Aliment. Pharmacol.Ther. 2002, 16, 1347.
92. Frampton, J. E. Drugs 2009, 69, 2463.
93. Krogh, K.; Bach Jensen, M.; Gandrup, P.; Laurberg, S.; Nilsson, J.; Kerstens, R.;De Pauw, M. Scand. J. Gastroenterol. 2002, 37, 431.
94. Pau, D.; Workman, A. J.; Kane, K. A.; Rankin, A. C. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2005,313, 146.
95. De Maeyer, J. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. J.; Lefebvre, R. A. Br. J. Pharmacol. 2009, 156,362.
96. Irving, H. R.; Tochon-Danguy, N.; Chinkwo, K. A.; Li, J. G.; Grabbe, C.; Shapiro,M.; Pouton, C. W.; Coupar, I. M. Pharmacology 2010, 85, 224.
97. Ray, A. M.; Kelsell, R. E.; Houp, J. A.; Kelly, F. M.; Medhurst, A. D.; Cox, H. M.;Calver, A. R. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 2009, 604, 1.
98. Baba, Y.; Usui, T.; Iwata, N. EP 640602 A1, 1995.
99. Fancelli, D.; Caccia, C.; Severino, D.; Vaghi, F.; Varasi, M. WO 9633186 A1,1996.
100. Hirokawa, Y.; Fujiwara, I.; Suzuki, K.; Harada, H.; Yoshikawa, T.; Yoshida, N.;Kato, S. J. Med. Chem. 2003, 46, 702.
101. Kakigami, T.; Usui, T.; Tsukamoto, K.; Kataoka, T. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1998, 46,42.
102. Van Daele, G. H. P.; Bosmans, J.-P. R. M. A.; Schuurkes, J. A. J. WO 9616060 A1,1996.
103. Candiani, I.; DeBernadinis, S.; Cabri, W.; Marchi, M.; Bedeschi, A.; Penco, S.Synlett 1993, 269.

PAPER

Synlett 1993, 269

https://www.thieme-connect.com/products/ejournals/abstract/10.1055/s-1993-22663

PAPER

Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1998, 46,42.

https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/cpb1958/46/1/46_1_42/_article

https://www.jstage.jst.go.jp/article/cpb1958/46/1/46_1_42/_pdf

PATENT

US5948794

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US5948794

EXAMPLE 1

In trichloromethane (135 ml) 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-7-benzofurancarboxylic acid (0.05 mol) (the preparation of which was described in EP-0,389,037-A) was suspended and cooled to ±5° C. N,N-diethylethanamine (0.05 mol) was added dropwise at a temperature below 10° C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.05 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min. while keeping the temperature below 10° C. The resulting mixture was added dropwise over a 20-min period to a solution of 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinamine (0.05 mol) in trichloromethane (35 ml). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 150 min. Said mixture was washed with water (50 ml). The precipitate was filtered off over a glass filter and washed with water and CHCl₃. The filtrate was separated in it’s layers. The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 ml)+a 50% NaOH solution (1 ml), dried, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was stirred in 2-propanol (100 ml). This mixture was acidified with HCl/2-propanol (7.2 ml; 5.29 N). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and the resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with 2-propanol (15 ml) and dried (vacuum; 50° C.), yielding 12.6 g (62%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N- 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl!-7-benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

US5854260

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US5854260

EXPERIMENTAL PART EXAMPLE 1

In trichloromethane (135 ml) 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-7-benzofurancarboxylic acid (0.05 mol) (the preparation of which was described in EP-0,389,037-A) was suspended and cooled to ±5° C. N,N-diethylethanamine (0.05 mol) was added dropwise at a temperature below 10° C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.05 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min. while keeping the temperature below 10° C. The resulting mixture was added dropwise over a 20-min period to a solution of 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinamine (0.05 mol) in trichloromethane (35 ml). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 150 min. Said mixture was washed with water (50 ml). The precipitate was filtered off over a glass filter and washed with water and CHCl₃. The filtrate was separated in it’s layers. The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 ml)+ a 50% NaOH solution (1 ml), dried, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was stirred in 2-propanol (100 ml). This mixture was acidified with HCl/2-propanol (7.2 ml; 5.29 N). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and the resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with 2-propanol (15 ml) and dried (vacuum; 50° C.), yielding 12.6 g (62%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N- 1-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl!-7-benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

PATENT

WO199616060A1

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO1996016060A1?cl=en

EP-0,389,037-A, published on September 26, 1990, N-(3-hydroxy-4-piperidin- yl) (dihydrobenzofuran or dihydro-2H-benzopyran)carboxamide derivatives are disclosed as having gastrointestinal motility stimulating properties. In our EP-0,445,862-A, published on September 11, 1991, N-(4-piperidinyl) (dihydrobenzo¬ furan or dihydro-2H-benzopyran)carboxamide derivatives are disclosed also having gastrointestinal motility stimulating properties.

The compound subject to the present application differs therefrom by showing superior enterokinetic properties.

The present invention concerns a compound of formula

and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof.

The chemical name of the compound of formula (I) is 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N- [l-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-7-benzofurancarboxamide.

Example 1

In trichloromethane (135 ml) 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-7-benzofurancarboxylic acid (0.05 mol) (the preparation of which was described in EP-0,389,037-A) was suspended and cooled to ± 5 °C. H,N-diethylethanamine (0.05 mol) was added dropwise at a temperature below 10 °C. Ethyl chloroformate (0.05 mol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min. while keeping the temperature below 10°C. The resulting mixture was added dropwise over a 20-min period to a solution of l-(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinamine (0.05 mol) in trichloromethane (35 ml). The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred for 150 min. Said mixture was washed with water (50 ml). The precipitate was filtered off over a glass filter and washed with water and CHCI3. The filtrate was separated in it’s layers. The separated organic layer was washed with water (50 ml) + a 50% NaOH solution (1 ml), dried, filtered and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was stirred in 2-propanol (100 ml). This mixture was acidified with HCl/2-propanol (7.2 ml; 5.29 N). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and the resulting precipitate was filtered off, washed with 2-propanol (15 ml) and dried (vacuum; 50 °C), yielding 12.6 g (62%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-M-[ 1 -(3-methoxypropyl)-4-piperidinyl]-7- benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

Example 2

A mixture of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N-(4-piperidinyl)-7-benzofuran- carboxamide(O.Olmol), l-chloro-3-methoxypropane (0.012mol), M,M-diethyl- ethanamine (2Jml) and KI (catalytic amount) in N,M-dimethylformamide (75ml) was stirred overnight at 50°C. The reaction mixture was cooled. The solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: CHCl3/(CH3OH/NH3) 97/3). The pure fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 2-propanol and converted into the hydrochloric acid salt (1:1) with HCl/2-propanol. The precipitate was filtered off and dried (vacuum; 80°C), yielding 1.40g (35%) of 4-amino-5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-N-[l-(3-methoxypropyl)- 4-piperidinyl]-7-benzofurancarboxamide monohydrochloride (comp. 1).

PAPER

Chinese Journal of Pharmaceuticals 2012, 43, 5-8.

CLIP

Chinese Patent CN 103012337 A report is as follows:

PAPER

Pharmaceutical & Clinical Research 2011, 19, 306-307.

CLIP

US5374637 (CN1045781, EP389037) and J. Het Chem, 1980,17 (6): 1333-5 reported synthetic route, as follows:

CLIP

Chinese Patent CN 104016949 A synthetic route reported as follows:

PATENT

CN104529960A

https://www.google.com/patents/CN104529960A?cl=zh

Figure CN104529960AD00061

Figure CN104529960AD00081

Example 1

1. Preparation of Compound II

Compound I (167. lg, Imol), triethylamine (111. lg, I. Imol) and methylene chloride (KMOg) added to the reaction flask, nitrogen cooled to 5 ° C, was slowly added dropwise trifluoroacetic anhydride (220. 5g, 1.05mol) / methylene chloride (150g) solution, maintaining the temperature throughout 5~15 ° C, dropping was completed, the reaction after 3 hours at room temperature, TLC (DCM = MeOH = 25: 1) The reaction was monitored to complete the reaction; the reaction mixture was slowly poured into ice water (560g) and stirred for 20 minutes, standing layer, the aqueous phase was separated, the organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (IOOg) wash sash; IM hydrochloric acid (IlOg) wash sash, then with saturated brine (200g) washed sash, magnesium sulfate (40g) dried, filtered and concentrated to give compound II (250. Ig), yield: 952%.

[0066] 2. Preparation of Compound III

[0067] Chloroacetyl chloride (101. 7g, 0. 9mol), nitrobenzene (20g) and dichloroethane (580 g) added to the reaction flask, nitrogen cooled to 5 ° C, was slowly added anhydrous trichloro aluminum powder (359. 2g, 2. 7mol), to keep the whole temperature 5~20 ° C, plus complete, insulation 15~25 ° C for 30 minutes to obtain a mixture A.

[0068] Compound II (. 236. 7g, 0 9mol) and dichloroethane (500g) added to the reaction flask, nitrogen cooled to 15 ° C; the mixture was added Compound II A quick solution, plus complete, rapid heating 65~75 ° C, 1 hours later once every 15 minutes in the control, monitoring TLC (DCM = MeOH = 50: 1) to complete the reaction; the reaction mixture was immediately poured into ice water (800g) and stirred for 30 minutes, controlling the temperature between 15~25 ° C, the organic phase was separated, the organic phase washed with water (180g) was washed with saturated brine (240g), dried over magnesium sulfate (45g) was dried, filtered and concentrated to give crude compound III (303 . 2g).

[0069] Take the crude compound III (291. 3g) / ethanol 1 dichloromethane: 1 solution (1500ml) was dissolved, and then adding activated carbon (14. 5g) was refluxed for one hour, cooled to room temperature filtered and the filtrate concentrated at room temperature to 600~ 650g, stop and concentrated down to 5~10 ° C, filtered to give a yellow solid (204. 7g); the resulting yellow solid (207. 6g) in tetrahydrofuran (510g) was purified, reduced to 10~15 ° C, filtered, The filter cake was washed with tetrahydrofuran (90g) dip, dried under vacuum to give compound III (181. 3g), yield: 61.7% billion

[0070] 3. Preparation of Compound IV

[0071] Compound 111 (! 169.68,0.5 11〇1), methanol (5,801,111) and sodium acetate (123.38,1.5111〇1) was added to the reaction flask. After 6 hours of reaction, began TLC (DCM: MeOH = 30: 1 ) the reaction was monitored to completion of the reaction; the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated, and the residue with ethyl acetate (500g) and water (200g) was dissolved, the organic phase was separated, the organic phase was washed with 2M sodium hydrogen carbonate (120g) was washed, then with saturated brine (IOOg), dried over magnesium sulfate (50g) was dried, filtered and concentrated to 250~280g, cooled to room temperature with stirring was added cyclohexane (200 g of), after stirring for 1 hour and then filtered and dried to obtain compound IV (126. 7g), yield: 83.4% billion

[0072] 4. Preparation of Compound V

[0073] Compound IV (12L 2g, 0. 4mol), methanol (380g) and Raney-Ni (12. 5g) added to the autoclave, purged with nitrogen, hydrogen is introduced (3. Ompa), the reaction was heated to 45 ° C after 8 hours, TLC (DCM = MeOH = 30: 1) to monitor the reaction, to complete the reaction, cooled to room temperature and pressure, and then purged with nitrogen, the reaction solution was filtered and concentrated to give crude compound V (103. 7g), taking compound V crude product (103g) was refluxed with ethyl acetate (420g) (1 hour) was purified, cooled to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes and filtered to give a yellow solid was dried in vacuo to give compound V (76 8g.), yield: 663 %.

[0074] 5. Preparation of Compound VI

[0075] Compound ¥ (57.88,0.2111〇1), 1 ^ dimethylformamide (4.58) and acetonitrile (30 (^) was added to the reaction flask and heated 74~76 ° C; solution of N- chlorosuccinimide imide (. 26. 7g, 0 2mol) and acetonitrile (45g) was added dropwise over 30 minutes and maintaining the temperature finished 76~82 ° C, dropping was completed, the reaction was kept, after one hour the reaction started TLC (DCM: MeOH = 30: 1) to monitor the reaction, the reaction is complete the reaction solution cooled to 5~8 ° C, the filter cake was washed with water (210g) washed stirred, filtered, and dried in vacuo to give compound VI (57. 6g), yield. rate of 89.1%.

6. Preparation of Compound VII

Compound VI (48. 5g, 0. 15mol) and methanol (80g) added to the reaction flask, stirring at room temperature was added dropwise 4M aqueous sodium hydroxide (HOg), dropwise complete, for the reaction, 25 ° C~35 after 4 hours of reaction ° C, samples of about 7:00 adjust PH TLC (DCM = MeOH = 30: 1) to monitor the reaction, until the reaction was complete, down to 5~10 ° C, with 6M hydrochloric acid solution PH ~ 7. 5, half the solution was concentrated, then 2M hydrochloric acid solution PH ~ 7, reduced to 15~20 ° C was stirred for 30 minutes, filtered, the filter cake with methyl tert-butyl ether (70g) beating, filtration, and dried in vacuo to give compound VII (28. 7g), yield: 903%.

PAPER

Chem Pharm Bull 46 (1), 42-52 (1998) and Pharmaceutical and clinical study based on 2011 (4) 306-307 reported synthetic route is as follows:

Biological Activity

Description	Prucalopride is a selective, high affinity 5-HT4 receptor agonist, inhibiting human 5-HT(4a) and 5-HT(4b) receptor with K_i value of 2.5 nM and 8 nM, respectively.
Targets	5-HT4A ^[1]	5-HT4B ^[1]
IC50	2.5 nM(Ki)	8 nM(Ki)
In vitro	Prucalopride induces contractions in a concentration-dependent manner with pEC50 of 7.5. Prucalopride (1 mM) significantly amplifies the rebound contraction of the guinea-pig proximal colon after electrical field stimulation. Prucalopride induces relaxation of the rat oesophagus preparation of rat oesophagus tunica muscularis mucosae with pEC50 of 7.8, yielding a monophasic concentration–response curve. ^[1] Prucalopride (0.1 μM) concentration-dependently increases the amplitude of submaximal cholinergic contractions and of acetylcholine release induced by electrical field stimulation in pig gastric circular muscle, and the effect is induced and enhanced IBMX (10 μM). ^[2] Prucalopride (1 μM) significantly enhances the electrically induced cholinergic contractions in pig descending colon, and the facilitating effect is significantly enhanced by Rolipram. ^[3]
In vivo	Prucalopride alters colonic contractile motility patterns in a dose-dependent fashion by stimulating high-amplitude clustered contractions in the proximal colon and by inhibiting contractile activity in the distal colon of fasted dogs. Prucalopride also causes a dose-dependent decrease in the time to the first giant migrating contraction (GMC); at higher doses of prucalopride, the first GMC generally occurres within the first half-hour after treatment. ^[4]
Features

Conversion of different model animals based on BSA (Value based on data from FDA Draft Guidelines)

Species	Mouse	Rat	Rabbit	Guinea pig	Hamster	Dog
Weight (kg)	0.02	0.15	1.8	0.4	0.08	10
Body Surface Area (m²)	0.007	0.025	0.15	0.05	0.02	0.5
K_m factor	3	6	12	8	5	20

Animal A (mg/kg) = Animal B (mg/kg) multiplied by	Animal B K_m
	Animal A K_m

For example, to modify the dose of resveratrol used for a mouse (22.4 mg/kg) to a dose based on the BSA for a rat, multiply 22.4 mg/kg by the K_m factor for a mouse and then divide by the K_m factor for a rat. This calculation results in a rat equivalent dose for resveratrol of 11.2 mg/kg.

Rat dose (mg/kg) = mouse dose (22.4 mg/kg) ×	mouse K_m(3)	= 11.2 mg/kg
	rat K_m(6)

1

References

[1] Briejer MR, et al. Eur J Pharmacol, 2001, 423(1), 71-83.

[2] Priem E, et al. Neuropharmacology, 2012, 62(5-6), 2126-2135.

Clinical Trial Information( data from http://clinicaltrials.gov, updated on 2016-07-23)

NCT Number	Recruitment	Conditions	Sponsor /Collaborators	Start Date	Phases
NCT02806206	Not yet recruiting	Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage\|Crohn Disease\|Celiac Disease\|Intestinal Diseases\|Inflammatory Bowel Diseases	University of British Columbia	July 2016	Phase 4
NCT02781493	Not yet recruiting	Prucalopride Plus Polyethylene Glycol in Bowel Preparation for Colonoscopyp	Shandong University\|Binzhou Peoples Hospital\|Taian People …more	June 2016	Phase 4
NCT02538367	Recruiting	Functional Constipation	Yuhan Corporation	August 2015	Phase 1\|Phase 2
NCT02228616	Recruiting	Constipation	Xian-Janssen Pharmaceutical Ltd.	October 2014	Phase 4
NCT02425774	Recruiting	Postoperative Ileus	Katholieke Universiteit Leuven\|Universitaire Ziekenhuizen …more	July 2014	Phase 4

References

Briejer, M. R.; Bosmans, J. P.; Van Daele, P.; Jurzak, M.; Heylen, L.; Leysen, J. E.; Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. (2001). “The in vitro pharmacological profile of prucalopride, a novel enterokinetic compound”. European Journal of Pharmacology 423 (1): 71–83.doi:10.1016/S0014-2999(01)01087-1. PMID 11438309.
Clinical trial number [1] for “NCT00793247” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Emmanuel, A. V.; Kamm, M. A.; Roy, A. J.; Kerstens, R.; Vandeplassche, L. (2012).“Randomised clinical trial: The efficacy of prucalopride in patients with chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction – a double-blind, placebo-controlled, cross-over, multiple n = 1 study”.Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 35 (1): 48–55. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2011.04907.x. PMC 3298655. PMID 22061077.
Smart, C. J.; Ramesh, A. N. (2011). “The successful treatment of acute refractory pseudo-obstruction with Prucalopride”. Colorectal Disease: no. doi:10.1111/j.1463-1318.2011.02929.x.
Jump up^ Bouras, E. P.; Camilleri, M.; Burton, D. D.; McKinzie, S. (1999). “Selective stimulation of colonic transit by the benzofuran 5HT4 agonist, prucalopride, in healthy humans”. Gut44 (5): 682–686. doi:10.1136/gut.44.5.682. PMC 1727485. PMID 10205205.
Jump up^ Bouras, E. P.; Camilleri, M.; Burton, D. D.; Thomforde, G.; McKinzie, S.; Zinsmeister, A. R. (2001). “Prucalopride accelerates gastrointestinal and colonic transit in patients with constipation without a rectal evacuation disorder”. Gastroenterology 120 (2): 354–360.doi:10.1053/gast.2001.21166. PMID 11159875.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b ^c ^d Tack, J.; Van Outryve, M.; Beyens, G.; Kerstens, R.; Vandeplassche, L. (2008). “Prucalopride (Resolor) in the treatment of severe chronic constipation in patients dissatisfied with laxatives”. Gut 58 (3): 357–365. doi:10.1136/gut.2008.162404.PMID 18987031.
European Medicines Agency -EPAR
Health Canada, Notice of Decision for Resotran
Digestive Remedies in Israel
Briejer, M. R.; Prins, N. H.; Schuurkes, J. A. (2001). “Effects of the enterokinetic prucalopride (R093877) on colonic motility in fasted dogs”. Neurogastroenterology and motility : the official journal of the European Gastrointestinal Motility Society 13 (5): 465–472. doi:10.1046/j.1365-2982.2001.00280.x. PMID 11696108.
Oustamanolakis, P.; Tack, J. (2012). “Prucalopride for chronic intestinal pseudo-obstruction”. Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 35 (3): 398–9. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2011.04947.x. PMID 22221087.
SmPC. Summary of product characteristics Resolor (prucalopride) October, 2009: 1-9.
De Maeyer, JH; Lefebvre, RA; Schuurkes, JA (Feb 2008). “5-HT(4) receptor agonists: similar but not the same”. Neurogastroenterol Motil 20 (2): 99–112. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2982.2007.01059.x. PMID 18199093.
Frampton, J. E. (2009). “Prucalopride”. Drugs 69 (17): 2463–2476.doi:10.2165/11204000-000000000-00000. PMID 19911858.
Camilleri, M.; Kerstens, R.; Rykx, A.; Vandeplassche, L. (2008). “A Placebo-Controlled Trial of Prucalopride for Severe Chronic Constipation”. New England Journal of Medicine 358 (22): 2344–2354. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0800670. PMID 18509121.
^ Jump up to:^a ^b ^c Quigley, E. M. M.; Vandeplassche, L.; Kerstens, R.; Ausma, J. (2009). “Clinical trial: the efficacy, impact on quality of life, and safety and tolerability of prucalopride in severe chronic constipation – a 12-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study”.Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 29 (3): 315–328. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2008.03884.x. PMID 19035970.
Marquis, P.; De La Loge, C.; Dubois, D.; McDermott, A.; Chassany, O. (2005). “Development and validation of the Patient Assessment of Constipation Quality of Life questionnaire”. Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology 40 (5): 540–551.doi:10.1080/00365520510012208. PMID 16036506.
Frank, L.; Kleinman, L.; Farup, C.; Taylor, L.; Miner Jr, P. (1999). “Psychometric validation of a constipation symptom assessment questionnaire”. Scandinavian journal of gastroenterology 34 (9): 870–877. doi:10.1080/003655299750025327.PMID 10522604.
Johanson, JF; Kralstein, J (2007). “Chronic constipation: a survey of the patient perspective.”. Alimentary pharmacology & therapeutics 25 (5): 599–608. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2006.03238.x. PMID 17305761.
Koch, A.; Voderholzer, W. A.; Klauser, A. G.; Müller-Lissner, S. (1997). “Symptoms in chronic constipation”. Diseases of the colon and rectum 40 (8): 902–906.doi:10.1007/BF02051196. PMID 9269805.
McCrea, G. L.; Miaskowski, C.; Stotts, N. A.; MacEra, L.; Paul, S. M.; Varma, M. G. (2009). “Gender differences in self-reported constipation characteristics, symptoms, and bowel and dietary habits among patients attending a specialty clinic for constipation”.Gender Medicine 6 (1): 259–271. doi:10.1016/j.genm.2009.04.007. PMID 19467522.
Pare, P.; Ferrazzi, S.; Thompson, W. G.; Irvine, E. J.; Rance, L. (2001). “An epidemiological survey of constipation in Canada: definitions, rates, demographics, and predictors of health care seeking”. The American Journal of Gastroenterology 96 (11): 3130–3137. doi:10.1111/j.1572-0241.2001.05259.x. PMID 11721760.
Wald, A.; Scarpignato, C.; Kamm, M. A.; Mueller-Lissner, S.; Helfrich, I.; Schuijt, C.; Bubeck, J.; Limoni, C.; Petrini, O. (2007). “The burden of constipation on quality of life: results of a multinational survey”. Alimentary Pharmacology & Therapeutics 26 (2): 227–236. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2036.2007.03376.x. PMID 17593068.
Camilleri, M; Beyens, G; Kerstens, R; Vandeplassche, L (2009). “Long-term follow-up of safety and satisfaction with bowel function in response to oral prucalopride in patients with chronic constipation [Abstract]”. Gastroenterology 136 (Suppl 1): 160. doi:10.1016/s0016-5085(09)60143-8.
Van Outryve, MJ; Beyens, G; Kerstens, R; Vandeplassche, L (2008). “Long-term follow-up study of oral prucalopride (Resolor) administered to patients with chronic constipation [Abstract T1400]”. Gastroenterology 134 (4 (suppl 1)): A547. doi:10.1016/s0016-5085(08)62554-8.
https://www.shire.com/newsroom/2015/june/resolor-eu-male-indication-press-release

External links

Resolor (prucalopride)- Movetis

EP0389037A1 *	13 Mar 1990	26 Sep 1990	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	N-(3-hydroxy-4-piperidinyl)(dihydrobenzofuran, dihydro-2H-benzopyran or dihydrobenzodioxin)carboxamide derivatives
EP0445862A2 *	22 Feb 1991	11 Sep 1991	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	N-(4-piperidinyl)(dihydrobenzofuran or dihydro-2H-benzopyran)carboxamide derivatives

Citing Patent	Filing date	Publication date	Applicant	Title
WO1999058527A2 *	13 May 1999	18 Nov 1999	EGIS Gyógyszergyár Rt.	Benzofuran derivatives, pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and a process for the preparation of the active ingredient
WO1999058527A3 *	13 May 1999	27 Jan 2000	Bela Agai	Benzofuran derivatives, pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and a process for the preparation of the active ingredient
WO2000030640A1 *	16 Nov 1999	2 Jun 2000	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	Use of prucalopride for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of dyspepsia
WO2000066170A1 *	20 Apr 2000	9 Nov 2000	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	Prucalopride oral solution
WO2003059906A1 *	13 Jan 2003	24 Jul 2003	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	Prucalopride-n-oxide
WO2012116976A1	28 Feb 2012	7 Sep 2012	Shire – Movetis Nv	Prucalopride oral solution
WO2013024164A1	17 Aug 2012	21 Feb 2013	Shire Ag	Combinations of a 5-ht4 receptor agonist and a pde4 inhibitor for use in therapy
US6413988	20 Apr 2000	2 Jul 2002	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	Prucalopride oral solution
US8063069	30 Oct 2007	22 Nov 2011	Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V.	Prucalopride-N-oxide

Patent ID	Date	Patent Title
US2016082123	2016-03-24	Hydrogel-Linked Prodrugs Releasing Tagged Drugs
US2015202317	2015-07-23	DIPEPTIDE-BASED PRODRUG LINKERS FOR ALIPHATIC AMINE-CONTAINING DRUGS
US2014323402	2014-10-30	Protein Carrier-Linked Prodrugs
US2014296257	2014-10-02	High-Loading Water-Soluable Carrier-Linked Prodrugs
US2014243254	2014-08-28	Polymeric Hyperbranched Carrier-Linked Prodrugs
US2013053301	2013-02-28	DIPEPTIDE-BASED PRODRUG LINKERS FOR ALIPHATIC AMINE-CONTAINING DRUGS
US2012220630	2012-08-30	PRUCALOPRIDE ORAL SOLUTION
US2012156259	2012-06-21	Biodegradable Polyethylene Glycol Based Water-Insoluble Hydrogels
US6413988	2002-07-02	Prucalopride oral solution
US6310077	2001-10-30	Enterokinetic benzamide

Prucalopride
Systematic (IUPAC) name

4-Amino-5-chloro-N-[1-(3-methoxypropyl)piperidin-4-yl]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-7-carboxamide
Clinical data
Trade names	Resolor, Resotran
AHFS/Drugs.com	International Drug Names
License data	EU EMA: Resolor
Pregnancy category	AU: B1 Not recommended
Routes of administration	Oral
Legal status
Legal status	AU: S4 (Prescription only) ℞ (Prescription only)
Identifiers
CAS Number	179474-81-8
ATC code	A06AX05 (WHO)
PubChem	CID 3052762
IUPHAR/BPS	243
ChemSpider	2314539
UNII	0A09IUW5TP
Chemical data
Formula	C₁₈H₂₆ClN₃O₃
Molar mass	367.870 g/mol

//////////Prucalopride succinate, Resolor, R-093877, R-108512, Resolor®, Resolor, Resotran, UNII:0A09IUW5TP, 179474-81-8 , R-093877, R-108512, Shire , Johnson & Johnson, 179474-85-2, UNII-4V2G75E1CK, SHIRE, 2010, LAUNCHED, JANNSEN , PHASE 3, IRRITABLE BOWL SYNDROME

COCCCN1CCC(CC1)NC(=O)C2=CC(=C(C3=C2OCC3)N)Cl

COCCCN1CCC(CC1)NC(=O)C2=CC(=C(C3=C2OCC3)N)Cl.C(CC(=O)O)C(=O)O

Mifamurtide (Mepact) мифамуртид , ميفامورتيد , 米法莫肽 ,

Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 272016

Mifamurtide (Mepact)

MF C₅₉H₁₀₉N₆O₁₉P
MW 1237.499

CGP-19835, MFCD09954133, MTP-cephalin, Mtp-PE

Muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine

N-(N-Acetylmuramoyl)-L-alanyl-D-Î±-glutaminyl-N-[(7R)-4-hydroxy-4-oxido-10-oxo-7-[(1-oxohexadecyl)oxy]-3,5,9-trioxa-4-phosphapentacos-1-yl]-L-alaninamide

N-Acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine-L-alanine 2-(1′,2‘-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3′-hydroxyphosphoryloxy)ethylamide

(2R,5S,8R,13S,22R)-2-{[(3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl]oxy}-8-carbamoyl-19-hydroxy-5,13-dimethyl-19-oxido-3,6,11,14,25-pentaoxo-18,20,24-trioxa-4,7,12 ;,15-tetraaza-19λ⁵-phosphatetracontan-22-yl hexadecanoate

83461-56-7^CAS
838853-48-8 (mifamurtide sodium · xH₂O)

Mifamurtide (trade name Mepact, marketed by Takeda) is a drug against osteosarcoma, a kind of bone cancer mainly affecting children and young adults, which is lethal in about a third of cases. The drug was approved in Europe in March 2009.

ChemSpider 2D Image | Mifamurtide | C59H109N6O19P

History

The drug was invented by Ciba-Geigy (now Novartis) in the early 1980s and sold to Jenner Biotherapies in the 1990s. In 2003,IDM Pharma bought the rights and developed it further.^[1] IDM Pharma was acquired by Takeda along with mifamurtide in June 2009.^[2]

Mifamurtide had already been granted orphan drug status by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in 2001, and theEuropean Medicines Agency (EMA) followed in 2004. It was approved in the 27 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway by a centralized marketing authorization in March 2009. The drug was denied approval by the FDA in 2007.^[3]^[4] Mifamurtide has been licensed by the EMA since March, 2009.^[5]

Indications

Mifamurtide is indicated for the treatment of high-grade, nonmetastasizing, resectable osteosarcoma following complete surgical removal in children, adolescents, and young adults, aged two to 30 years.^[1]^[6]^[7] Osteosarcoma is diagnosed in about 1,000 individuals in Europe and the USA per year, most under the age of 30.^[8] The drug is used in combination with postoperative, multiagent chemotherapy to kill remaining cancer cells and improve a patient’s chance of overall survival.^[6]

In a phase-III clinical trial in about 800 newly diagnosed osteosarcoma patients, mifamurtide was combined with the chemotherapeutic agents doxorubicin and methotrexate, with or without cisplatin and ifosfamide. The mortality could be lowered by 30% versus chemotherapy plus placebo. Six years after the treatment, 78% of patients were still alive. This equals an absolute risk reduction of 8% .^[1]

Adverse effects

In a clinical study, mifamurtide was given to 332 subjects (half of whom were under age of 16) and most side effects were found to be mild to moderate in nature. Most patients experience fewer adverse events with subsequent administration.^[9]^[10]Common side effects include fever (about 90%), vomiting, fatigue and tachycardia (about 50%), infections, anaemia, anorexia, headache, diarrhoea and constipation(>10%).^[1]^[11]

Pharmacokinetics

After application of the liposomal infusion, the drug is cleared from the plasma within minutes and is concentrated in lung, liver, spleen, nasopharynx, and thyroid. The terminal half-life is 18 hours. In patients receiving a second treatment after 11–12 weeks, no accumulation effects were observed.^[12]

Pharmacodynamics

Mifamurtide is a fully synthetic derivative of muramyl dipeptide (MDP), the smallest naturally occurring immune stimulatory component of cell walls from Mycobacterium species. It has similar immunostimulatory effects as natural MDP with the advantage of a longer half-life in plasma.

NOD2 is a pattern recognition receptor which is found in several kinds of white blood cells, mainly monocytes and macrophages. It recognises muramyl dipeptide, a component of the cell wall of bacteria. Mifamurtide simulates a bacterial infection by binding to NOD2, activating white cells. This results in an increased production of TNF-α, interleukin 1,interleukin 6, interleukin 8, interleukin 12, and other cytokines, as well as ICAM-1. The activated white cells attack cancer cells, but not, at least in vitro, other cells.^[13]

Interactions

Theoretical considerations suggest calcineurin inhibitors like ciclosporin and tacrolimus might interact with mifamurtide because of their effect on macrophages.
High-dose NSAIDs block the mechanism of mifamurtide in vitro.

Consequently, the combination of mifamurtide with these types of drugs is contraindicated. However, mifamurtide can be coadministered with low doses of NSAIDs. No evidence suggests mifamurtide interacts with the studied chemotherapeutics, or with the cytochrome P450 system.^[14]

Chemistry

Scheme of a liposome formed by phospholipids in an aqueous solution

Mifamurtide is muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine (MTP-PE), a synthetic analogue of muramyl dipeptide. The side chains of the molecule give it a longer elimination half-life than the natural substance. The substance is applied encapsulated into liposomes (L-MTP-PE). Being a phospholipid, it accumulates in the lipid bilayer of the liposomes in the infusion.^[15]

Synthesis

One method of synthesis (shown first) is based on N,N’-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) assisted esterification of N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D–isoglutaminyl–L-alanine with N-hydroxysuccinimide, followed by a condensation with 2-aminoethyl-2,3-dipalmitoylglycerylphosphoric acid in triethylamine (Et₃N).^[16] A different approach (shown second) uses N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, hydroxysuccinimide and alanyl-2-aminoethyl-2,3-dipalmitoylglycerylphosphoric acid;^[17] that is, the alanine is introduced in the second step instead of the first.

Synthesis

Mifamurtide is an anticancer agent for the treatment of osteosarcoma, the most common primary malignancy of bone tissue mainly affecting children and adolescents.10

The drug was invented by Ciba-Geigy (now Novartis) in the early 1980s and the agent was subsequently licensed to Jenner Biotherapies in the 1990s.

IDM Pharma bought the rights to the drug from Jenner in April 2003.78 In March 2009, mifamurtide was approved in the 27 European Union member states plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway via a centralized marketing authorization.

After the approval, IDM Pharma was acquired by Takeda, which began launching mifamurtide, as Mepact, in February 2010.

Mifamurtide, a fully synthetic lipophilic derivative of muramyl dipeptide (MDP), is muramyl tripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine (MTP-PE), which is formulated as a liposomal infusion.79 Being a phospholipid, mifamurtide accumulates in the lipid bilayer of the liposomes upon infusion.

After application of the liposomal infusion, the drug is cleared from the plasma within minutes. However, it is concentrated in lung, liver, spleen, nasopharynx and thyroid, and the terminal half-life is 18 h, which is longer than the natural substance.

Two synthetic routes have been reported,80,81 and Scheme 16 describes the more processamenable route.

Commercially available 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero- 3-phosphoethanolamine (110) was coupled with N-Boc-L-alanine (111) by means of N-hydroxysuccinimide (112), DCC in DMF to give amide 113, which was followed by hydrogenolysis of the CBZ group to give the corresponding L-alanyl-phosphoric acid 114.

Next, commercially available N-acetylmuramoyl-L-alanyl-Disoglutamine (115) was subjected to hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) and DIC in DMF to provide the corresponding succinimide ester 116 which was condensed with compound 114 to provide mifamurtide (IX).

No yields were provided for these transformations.

79. Prous, J. R.; Castaner, J. Drugs Future 1989, 14, 220.
80. Baschang, G.; Tarcsay, L.; Hartmann, A.; Stanek, J. EP 0027258 A1, 1980.
81. Brundish, D. E.; Wade, R. J. Labelled Compd. Radiopharm. 1985, 22, 29.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN103408635A?cl=en

mifamurtide, the English called mifamurtide, formula C59Hltl9N6O19P, primarily for the treatment of non-metastatic

Resectable osteosarcoma (a rare but the main cause of death for children and young people osteoma), having the formula as follows:

mifamurtide by certain stimuli such as macrophages and other white blood cells to kill tumor cells. Currently, mifamurtide listed injections into spherical liposome vesicles are muramyl tripeptide (MTP). This lipid trigger macrophages to consume mifamurtide. Once consumed mifamurtide, MTP-stimulated macrophages, in particular we will look for tumors in the liver, spleen and lung macrophages and kill it.

mifamurtide injection approved for marketing based on the results of phase III clinical study. Taiwan’s National Cancer Institute Cooperative Group (NCI) established by the Children’s Oncology Group (COG) study, complete treatment of this product in patients with osteosarcoma largest research project in the book of about 800 cases. Evaluation of mifamurtide and 3-4 adjuvant chemotherapy (cis molybdenum, doxorubicin, methotrexate, cyclophosphamide with or the same as) the results of combination therapy. Studies have shown that mifamurtide used in combination with chemotherapy can reduce the mortality rate of about 30%, 78% of treated patients survived more than six years.

Shortcomings disclosed the full liquid phase synthesis technology route mifamurtide, but all-liquid phase synthesis: [0006] Currently, mifamurtide universal rely wholly liquid phase synthesis, relevant literature (220 Drugs Futl989, 14, (3)) that the synthesis requires intermediate purification steps cumbersome, time-consuming, and the total yield of the whole liquid phase synthesis is less than 30%, which has been the main factors affecting the productivity of mifamurtide

A method for logging meter synthetic peptide, characterized in that it comprises the following steps: Step 1, under the effect of coupling agent, an amino group, and Fmoc-D-Glu on the amino resin (OPG) -OH main chain carboxyl acylation, a compound of formula I; Step 2, Fmoc removal of the protecting group the compound of formula I, under the effect of coupling with Fmoc-L-Ala-OH acylation, a compound of formula 2; step 3, Fmoc removal of the protecting group the compound of formula 2, in the role of a coupling agent, with a compound of formula 3 for acylation, a compound of formula 4; step 4, PG protecting group removing compound of formula 4, the coupling the role of agent, and HL-Ala-OPG acylation, a compound of formula 5; Step 5, PG protecting group removal compound of formula 5, under the effect of coupling agent, and an amino acid performed on brain phospholipids reaction of a compound of formula 6, and then the resin was added Lysates deaminated compound of formula 7; Step 6, the compound of formula 7 to obtain the removal of benzyl mifamurtide;

Wherein Fmoc is the amino protecting group; wherein PG is a carboxy-protecting group for Allyl or Dmab; Resin as the amino resin.

Example: Synthesis of mifamurtide crude peptide

Example 11 to give the formula hydrogenolysis at atmospheric pressure to 16 hours Example 7 was added to 7.42 g compound 250ml single neck flask, dried 150ml of methanol was added to dissolve 0.4 g of 10% palladium on carbon.Completion of the reaction, palladium-carbon was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation to 65ml, is mifamurtide crude peptide solution. Mifamurtide synthetic crude peptide: 15 [0173] Example

Example 12 to give the formula hydrogenolysis at atmospheric pressure to 16 hours Example 7 was added to 4.21 g compound 150ml single neck flask, dried 85ml of methanol was added to dissolve 0.2 g of 10% palladium on carbon.Completion of the reaction, palladium-carbon was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation to 37ml, is mifamurtide crude peptide solution.

16 [0175] Example 2: Preparation of mifamurtide

The embodiment 14 of crude peptide solution obtained in Example 65ml, IOOOml round bottom flask was added, under magnetic stirring, 650ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. After filtration and drying the filter cake, the filter cake was again dissolved in 65ml of methanol. This methanol solution was added IOOOml round bottom flask, under magnetic stirring, 650ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. Filtered cake was dried in vacuo to give mifamurtide 5.62g, yield 86.5%, purity 99.4%, total yield 74.5%

Preparation of mifamurtide of: 17 Example

The embodiment of the crude peptide solution obtained in Example 15, 37ml, 500ml round bottom flask was added, under magnetic stirring, 370ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. After filtration and drying the filter cake, the filter cake was again dissolved in 37ml of methanol. This solution was added to methanol 500ml round bottom flask, under magnetic stirring, 370ml of anhydrous diethyl ether was added dropwise. Upon completion, at room temperature for crystallization. Filtered, the filter cake was dried under vacuum to give · mifamurtide 3.16g, yield 85.8%, purity 99.5%, 72.2% overall yield.

References

“Mifamurtide: CGP 19835, CGP 19835A, L-MTP-PE, liposomal MTP-PE, MLV 19835A, MTP-PE, muramyltripeptide phosphatidylethanolamine”. Drugs in R&D 9 (2): 131–5. 2008. doi:10.2165/00126839-200809020-00007. PMID 18298131.
“First Treatment to Improve Survival in 20 Years Now Available for Patients With Osteosarcoma (Bone Cancer)”. Takeda. November 2009. Retrieved 23 March 2010.
“IDM Pharma’s MEPACT (Mifamurtide, L-MTP-PE) Receives Approval in Europe for Treatment of Patients with Non-Metastatic, Resectable Osteosarcoma”. PR Newswire. 2009-03-09. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
“IDM Pharma receives not approvable letter for Mifamurtide for treatment of osteosarcoma”. The Medical News. 2007-08-28. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
Mepact for Healthcare Professionals, retrieved 2009-11-12
^ Jump up to:^a ^b EMA (2009-03-06). “Mepact: Product Information. Annex I: Summary of Product Characteristics” (PDF). p. 2. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
EMA (2009-05-06). “Mepact: European Public Assessment Report. Summary for the public” (PDF). p. 1. Retrieved 2009-11-12.
Meyers, P. A. (2009). “Muramyl tripeptide (mifamurtide) for the treatment of osteosarcoma”. Expert Review of Anticancer Therapy 9 (8): 1035–1049.doi:10.1586/era.09.69. PMID 19671023.
Meyers, P. A.; Schwartz, C. L.; Krailo, M. D.; Healey, J. H.; Bernstein, M. L.; Betcher, D.; Ferguson, W. S.; Gebhardt, M. C.; Goorin, A. M.; Harris, M.; Kleinerman, E.; Link, M. P.; Nadel, H.; Nieder, M.; Siegal, G. P.; Weiner, M. A.; Wells, R. J.; Womer, R. B.; Grier, H. E.; Children’s Oncology, G. (2008). “Osteosarcoma: the Addition of Muramyl Tripeptide to Chemotherapy Improves Overall Survival–A Report from the Children’s Oncology Group”.Journal of Clinical Oncology 26 (4): 633–638. doi:10.1200/JCO.2008.14.0095.PMID 18235123.
Meyers, P. A.; Schwartz, C. L.; Krailo, M.; Kleinerman, E. S.; Betcher, D.; Bernstein, M. L.; Conrad, E.; Ferguson, W.; Gebhardt, M.; Goorin, A. M.; Harris, M. B.; Healey, J.; Huvos, A.; Link, M.; Montebello, J.; Nadel, H.; Nieder, M.; Sato, J.; Siegal, G.; Weiner, M.; Wells, R.; Wold, L.; Womer, R.; Grier, H. (2005). “Osteosarcoma: A Randomized, Prospective Trial of the Addition of Ifosfamide and/or Muramyl Tripeptide to Cisplatin, Doxorubicin, and High-Dose Methotrexate”. Journal of Clinical Oncology 23 (9): 2004–2011. doi:10.1200/JCO.2005.06.031. PMID 15774791.
(EMA 2009, pp. 5–7)
(EMA 2009, p. 8)
(EMA 2009, pp. 7–8)
(EMA 2009, p. 4)
Fidler, I. J. (1982). “Efficacy of liposomes containing a lipophilic muramyl dipeptide derivative for activating the tumoricidal properties of alveolar macrophages in vivo”. Journal of Immunotherapy 1 (1): 43–55.
Prous, J. R.; Castaner, J. (1989). “ENV 2-3/MTP-PE”. Drugs Fut. 14 (3): 220.
Brundish, D. E.; Wade, R. (1985). “Synthesis of N-[2-3H]acetyl-D-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-iso-glutaminyl-L-alanyl-2-(1′,2′-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3′-phosphoryl)ethylamide of high specific radioactivity”. J Label Compd Radiopharm 22 (1): 29–35. doi:10.1002/jlcr.2580220105.

CN1055736A *	Jan 28, 1986	Oct 30, 1991	E·R·斯奎布父子公司	Process for preparing 4,4-dialkyl-2-azetidinones
CN101709079A *	Dec 22, 2009	May 19, 2010	江苏诺泰制药技术有限公司	Synthesis method of romurtide
US4323560 *	Oct 6, 1980	Apr 6, 1982	Ciba-Geigy Corporation	Novel phosphorylmuramyl peptides and processes for the manufacture thereof

Reference
1	*	PROUS, J. ET AL: “ENV 2-3/MTP-PE“, 《DRUGS FUT》, vol. 14, no. 3, 31 March 1989 (1989-03-31), pages 220
2	*	黄胜炎: “抗肿瘤药新品与研发进展“, 《上海医药》, vol. 30, no. 9, 30 September 2009 (2009-09-30), pages 412 – 414

Mifamurtide
Systematic (IUPAC) name

2-[(N-{(2R)-[(2-acetamido-2,3-dideoxy-D-glucopyranos-3-yl)oxy]-propanoyl}-L-alanyl-D-isoglutaminyl-L-alanyl)amino]ethyl (2R)-2,3-bis(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl hydrogen phosphate
Clinical data
License data	EU EMA: Mepact
Pregnancy category	not investigated
Routes of administration	intravenous liposomal infusion over one hour
Legal status
Legal status	℞ (Prescription only)
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability	N/A
Biological half-life	minutes (in plasma) 18 hrs (terminal)
Identifiers
CAS Number	83461-56-7 838853-48-8 (mifamurtide sodium · xH₂O)
ATC code	L03AX15 (WHO)
PubChem	CID 11672602
ChemSpider	9847332
UNII	EQD2NNX741
KEGG	D06619
Chemical data
Formula	C₅₉H₁₀₉N₆O₁₉P
Molar mass	1237.499 g/mol

///////////83461-56-7, 838853-48-8, CGP-19835, Mepact, MFCD09954133, Mifamurtide, mifamurtide sodium, MTP-cephalin, Mtp-PE, Muramyl tripeptide, phosphatidylethanolamine, PEPTIDE, мифамуртид, ميفامورتيد, 米法莫肽

CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(COP(O)(=O)OCCNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CC[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1C(O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1NC(C)=O)C(N)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC

Belinostat (PXD101), a novel HDAC inhibitor

FDA 2014, Uncategorized Comments Off

Jul 232016

Belinostat (PXD101)

FAST TRACK FDA , ORPHAN STATUS

PXD101;PX105684;PXD-101;PXD 101;PX-105684

UNII:F4H96P17NZ

N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulphamoylphenyl)acrylamide

N-HYDROXY-3-[3-[(PHENYLAMINO)SULFONYL]PHENYL]-2-PROPENAMIDE

NSC726630

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]prop-2-enamide

414864-00-9 [RN]

866323-14-0 [RN]

Beleodaq®

Approved by FDA……http://www.drugs.com/newdrugs/fda-approves-beleodaq-belinostat-peripheral-t-cell-lymphoma-4052.html?utm_source=ddc&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Today%27s+news+summary+-+July+3%2C+2014

July 3, 2014 — The U.S. Food and Drug Administration today approved Beleodaq (belinostat) for the treatment of patients with peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL), a rare and fast-growing type of non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL). The action was taken under the agency’s accelerated approval program.

Belinostat (PXD101) is a novel HDAC inhibitor with IC50 of 27 nM, with activity demonstrated in cisplatin-resistant tumors.

CLINICAL TRIALS…http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=Belinostat+OR+PXD101

MP 172–174 °C, (lit.(@) 172 °C). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ = 10.75–10.42 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),7.47 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.10–7.01 (m, 3H), 6.51 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI): m/z = 318.6 [M+H] ⁺.

@ Finn, P. W.; Bandara, M.; Butcher, C.; Finn, A.; Hollinshead, R.; Khan, N.; Law, N.; Murthy, S.; Romero,R.; Watkins, C.; Andrianov, V.; Bokaldere, R. M.; Dikovska, K.; Gailite, V.; Loza, E.; Piskunova, I.;Starchenkov, I.; Vorona, M.; Kalvinsh, I. Helv. Chim. Acta 2005, 88, 1630, DOI: 10.1002/hlca.200590129

Beleodaq and Folotyn are marketed by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., based in Henderson, Nevada. Istodax is marketed by Celgene Corporation based in Summit, New Jersey.

Belinostat was granted orphan drug status for the treatment of Peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) in the US in September 2009 and the EU in October 2012. In July 2015, an orphan drug designation has also been granted for malignant thymoma in the EU.

Belinostat received its first global approval in the US-FDA on 3 July 2014 for the intravenous (IV) treatment of relapsed or refractory PTCL in adults.

Belinostat was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on July 3, 2014. It was originally developed by CuraGen Pharma，then developed by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals cooperating with Onxeo, then marketed as Beleodaq^® by Spectrum.

Beleodaq is a pan-histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor selectively causing the accumulation of acetylated histones and other proteinsin tumor cells. It is indicated for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL).

Beleodaq^® is available as lyophilized powder for intravenous infusion, containing 500 mg of free Belinostat. The recommended dose is 1,000 mg/m² once daily on days 1-5 of a 21-day cycle.

Index：

MW 318.07
MF	C15H14N2O4S

414864-00-9 cas no

866323-14-0

(2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]acrylamide

A novel HDAC inhibitor

Chemical structure for belinostat
PTCL comprises a diverse group of rare diseases in which lymph nodes become cancerous. In 2014, the National Cancer Institute estimates that 70,800 Americans will be diagnosed with NHL and 18,990 will die. PTCL represents about 10 to 15 percent of NHLs in North America.Belinostat inhibits the growth of tumor cells (A2780, HCT116, HT29, WIL, CALU-3, MCF7, PC3 and HS852) with IC50 from 0.2-0.66 μM. PD101 shows low activity in A2780/cp70 and 2780AD cells. Belinostat inhibits bladder cancer cell growth, especially in 5637 cells, which shows accumulation of G0-G1 phase, decrease in S phase, and increase in G2-M phase. Belinostat also shows enhanced tubulin acetylation in ovarian cancer cell lines. A recent study shows that Belinostat activates protein kinase A in a TGF-β signaling-dependent mechanism and decreases survivin mRNA.

Beleodaq works by stopping enzymes that contribute to T-cells, a type of immune cell, becoming cancerous. It is intended for patients whose disease returned after treatment (relapsed) or did not respond to previous treatment (refractory).

“This is the third drug that has been approved since 2009 for the treatment of peripheral T-cell lymphoma,” said Richard Pazdur, M.D., director of the Office of Hematology and Oncology Products in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Today’s approval expands the number of treatment options available to patients with serious and life-threatening diseases.”

The FDA granted accelerated approval to Folotyn (pralatrexate) in 2009 for use in patients with relapsed or refractory PTCL and Istodax (romidepsin) in 2011 for the treatment of PTCL in patients who received at least one prior therapy.

The safety and effectiveness of Beleodaq was evaluated in a clinical study involving 129 participants with relapsed or refractory PTCL. All participants were treated with Beleodaq until their disease progressed or side effects became unacceptable. Results showed 25.8 percent of participants had their cancer disappear (complete response) or shrink (partial response) after treatment.

The most common side effects seen in Beleodaq-treated participants were nausea, fatigue, fever (pyrexia), low red blood cells (anemia), and vomiting.

The FDA’s accelerated approval program allows for approval of a drug based on surrogate or intermediate endpoints reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit for patients with serious conditions with unmet medical needs. Drugs receiving accelerated approval are subject to confirmatory trials verifying clinical benefit. Beleodaq also received orphan product designation by the FDA because it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition.

BELINOSTAT

Belinostat (trade name Beleodaq, previously known as PXD101) is a histone deacetylase inhibitor drug developed by TopoTargetfor the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumors.^[2]

It was approved in July 2014 by the US FDA to treat peripheral T-cell lymphoma.^[3]

In 2007 preliminary results were released from the Phase II clinical trial of intravenous belinostat in combination with carboplatin andpaclitaxel for relapsed ovarian cancer.^[4] Final results in late 2009 of a phase II trial for T-cell lymphoma were encouraging.^[5]Belinostat has been granted orphan drug and fast track designation by the FDA,^[6] and was approved in the US for the use againstperipheral T-cell lymphoma on 3 July 2014.^[3] It is not approved in Europe as of August 2014.^[7]

The approved pharmaceutical formulation is given intravenously.^[8]^:180 Belinostat is primarily metabolized by UGT1A1; the initial dose should be reduced if the recipient is known to be homozygous for the UGT1A1*28 allele.^[8]^{:179 and 181}

NCI: A novel hydroxamic acid-type histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor with antineoplastic activity. Belinostat targets HDAC enzymes, thereby inhibiting tumor cell proliferation, inducing apoptosis, promoting cellular differentiation, and inhibiting angiogenesis. This agent may sensitize drug-resistant tumor cells to other antineoplastic agents, possibly through a mechanism involving the down-regulation of thymidylate synthase

The study of inhibitors of histone deacetylases indicates that these enzymes play an important role in cell proliferation and differentiation. The inhibitor Trichostatin A (TSA) (Yoshida et al., 1990a) causes cell cycle arrest at both G1 and G2 phases (Yoshida and Beppu, 1988), reverts the transformed phenotype of different cell lines, and induces differentiation of Friend leukaemia cells and others (Yoshida et al., 1990b). TSA (and SAHA) have been reported to inhibit cell growth, induce terminal differentiation, and prevent the formation of tumours in mice (Finnin et al., 1999).

Trichostatin A (TSA)

Suberoylanilide Hydroxamic Acid (SAHA)

Cell cycle arrest by TSA correlates with an increased expression of gelsolin (Hoshikawa et al., 1994), an actin regulatory protein that is down regulated in malignant breast cancer (Mielnicki et al., 1999). Similar effects on cell cycle and differentiation have been observed with a number of deacetylase inhibitors (Kim et al., 1999). Trichostatin A has also been reported to be useful in the treatment of fibrosis, e.g., liver fibrosis and liver cirrhosis. See, e.g., Geerts et al., 1998.

Recently, certain compounds that induce differentiation have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. Several experimental antitumour compounds, such as trichostatin A (TSA), trapoxin, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), and phenylbutyrate have been reported to act, at least in part, by inhibiting histone deacetylase (see, e.g., Yoshida et al., 1990; Richon et al., 1998; Kijima et al., 1993). Additionally, diallyl sulfide and related molecules (see, e.g., Lea et al., 1999), oxamflatin (see, e.g., Kim et al., 1999), MS-27-275, a synthetic benzamide derivative (see, e.g., Saito et al., 1999; Suzuki et al., 1999; note that MS-27-275 was later re-named as MS-275), butyrate derivatives (see, e.g., Lea and Tulsyan, 1995), FR901228 (see, e.g., Nokajima et al., 1998), depudecin (see, e.g., Kwon et al., 1998), and m-carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamide (see, e.g., Richon et al., 1998) have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. In vitro, some of these compounds are reported to inhibit the growth of fibroblast cells by causing cell cycle arrest in the G1 and G2 phases, and can lead to the terminal differentiation and loss of transforming potential of a variety of transformed cell lines (see, e.g., Richon et al, 1996; Kim et al., 1999; Yoshida et al., 1995; Yoshida & Beppu, 1988). In vivo, phenybutyrate is reported to be effective in the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia in conjunction with retinoic acid (see, e.g., Warrell et al., 1998). SAHA is reported to be effective in preventing the formation of mammary tumours in rats, and lung tumours in mice (see, e.g., Desai et al., 1999).

The clear involvement of HDACs in the control of cell proliferation and differentiation suggest that aberrant HDAC activity may play a role in cancer. The most direct demonstration that deacetylases contribute to cancer development comes from the analysis of different acute promyelocytic leukaemias (APL). In most APL patients, a translocation of chromosomes 15 and 17 (t(15;17)) results in the expression of a fusion protein containing the N-terminal portion of PML gene product linked to most of RARσ (retinoic acid receptor). In some cases, a different translocation (t(11 ;17)) causes the fusion between the zinc finger protein PLZF and RARα. In the absence of ligand, the wild type RARα represses target genes by tethering HDAC repressor complexes to the promoter DNA. During normal hematopoiesis, retinoic acid (RA) binds RARα and displaces the repressor complex, allowing expression of genes implicated in myeloid differentiation. The RARα fusion proteins occurring in APL patients are no longer responsive to physiological levels of RA and they interfere with the expression of the RA- inducible genes that promote myeloid differentiation. This results in a clonal expansion of promyelocytic cells and development of leukaemia. In vitro experiments have shown that TSA is capable of restoring RA-responsiveness to the fusion RARα proteins and of allowing myeloid differentiation. These results establish a link between HDACs and oncogenesis and suggest that HDACs are potential targets for pharmaceutical intervention in APL patients. (See, for example, Kitamura et al., 2000; David et al., 1998; Lin et al., 1998).

BELINOSTAT

Furthermore, different lines of evidence suggest that HDACs may be important therapeutic targets in other types of cancer. Cell lines derived from many different cancers (prostate, coloreetal, breast, neuronal, hepatic) are induced to differentiate by HDAC inhibitors (Yoshida and Horinouchi, 1999). A number of HDAC inhibitors have been studied in animal models of cancer. They reduce tumour growth and prolong the lifespan of mice bearing different types of transplanted tumours, including melanoma, leukaemia, colon, lung and gastric carcinomas, etc. (Ueda et al., 1994; Kim et al., 1999).

Psoriasis is a common chronic disfiguring skin disease which is characterised by well-demarcated, red, hardened scaly plaques: these may be limited or widespread. The prevalence rate of psoriasis is approximately 2%, i.e., 12.5 million sufferers in the triad countries (US/Europe/Japan). While the disease is rarely fatal, it clearly has serious detrimental effects upon the quality of life of the patient: this is further compounded by the lack of effective therapies. Present treatments are either ineffective, cosmetically unacceptable, or possess undesired side effects. There is therefore a large unmet clinical need for effective and safe drugs for this condition. Psoriasis is a disease of complex etiology. Whilst there is clearly a genetic component, with a number of gene loci being involved, there are also undefined environmental triggers. Whatever the ultimate cause of psoriasis, at the cellular level, it is characterised by local T-cell mediated inflammation, by keratinocyte hyperproliferation, and by localised angiogenesis. These are all processes in which histone deacetylases have been implicated (see, e.g., Saunders et al., 1999; Bernhard et al, 1999; Takahashi et al, 1996; Kim et al , 2001 ). Therefore HDAC inhibitors may be of use in therapy for psoriasis. Candidate drugs may be screened, for example, using proliferation assays with T-cells and/or keratinocytes.

CLIP

PXD101/Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

PATENT

GENERAL SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

IGNORE 10

ENTRY 45 IS BELINOSTAT

Scheme 1

By using amines instead of aniline, the corresponding products may be obtained. The use of aniline, 4-methoxyaniline, 4-methylaniline, 4-bromoaniline, 4-chloroaniline, 4-benzylamine, and 4-phenethyamine, among others, is described in the Examples below.

In another method, a suitable amino acid (e.g., ω-amino acid) having a protected carboxylic acid (e.g., as an ester) and an unprotected amino group is reacted with a sulfonyl chloride compound (e.g., RSO₂CI) to give the corresponding sulfonamide having a protected carboxylic acid. The protected carboxylic acid is then deprotected using base to give the free carboxylic acid, which is then reacted with, for example, hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin followed by acid (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid), to give the desired carbamic acid.

One example of this approach is illustrated below, in Scheme 2, wherein the reaction conditions are as follows: (i) RSO₂CI, pyridine, DCM, room temperature, 12 hours; (ii) 1 M LiOH or 1 M NaOH, dioxane, room temperature, 3-48 hours; (iii) hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin, HOAt, HATU, DIPEA, DCM, room temperature, 16 hours; and (iv) TFA/DCM (5:95, v/v), room temperature, 1.5 hours.

Scheme 2

Additional methods for the synthesis of compounds of the present invention are illustrated below and are exemplified in the examples below.

Scheme 3A

Scheme 3B

Scheme 4

Scheme 8

Scheme 9

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

Example 1

3-Formylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt (1)

Oleum (5 ml) was placed in a reaction vessel and benzaldehyde (2.00 g, 18.84 mmol) was slowly added not exceeding the temperature of the reaction mixture more than 30°C. The obtained solution was stirred at 40°C for ten hours and at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was treated with CaC0₃ until the evolution of C0₂ ceased (pH~6-7), then the precipitated CaSO₄was filtered off and washed with water. The filtrate was treated with Na₂CO₃ until the pH of the reaction medium increased to pH 8, obtained CaCO3 was filtered off and water solution was evaporated in vacuum. The residue was washed with methanol, the washings were evaporated and the residue was dried in desiccator over P₂Oβ affording the title compound (2.00 g, 51%). ¹H NMR (D₂0), δ: 7.56-8.40 (4H, m); 10.04 ppm (1 H, s).

Example 2 3-(3-Sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester, sodium salt (2)

Sodium salt of 3-formylbenzenesulfonic acid (1) (1.00 g, 4.80 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.32 g, 9.56 mmol), trimethyl phosphonoacetate (1.05 g, 5.77 mmol) and water (2 ml) were stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min., precipitated solid was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated and the title compound (2) was obtained as a white solid (0.70 g, 55%). ¹H NMR (DMSO- d_βl HMDSO), δ: 3.68 (3H, s); 6.51 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.30-7.88 (5H, m).

Example 3 3-(3-Chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3)

To the sodium salt of 3-(3-sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (2) (0.670 g, 2.53 mmol) benzene (2 ml), thionyl chloride (1.508 g, 0.9 ml, 12.67 mmol) and 3 drops of dimethylformamide were added and the resultant suspension was stirred at reflux for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in benzene (3 ml), filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound (0.6’40 g, 97%).

Example 4 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a)

A solution of 3-(3-chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3) (0.640 g, 2.45 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) was added to a mixture of aniline (0.465 g, 4.99 mmol) and pyridine (1 ml), and the resultant solution was stirred at 50°C for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water, saturated NaCl, and dried (Na₂S0 ). The solvent was removed and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel with chloroform-ethyl acetate (7:1 , v/v) as eluent. The obtained product was washed with diethyl ether to give the title compound (0.226 g, 29%). ¹H NMR (CDCI₃, HMDSO), δ: 3.72 (3H, s); 6.34 (1H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 6.68 (1 H, br s); 6.92-7.89 (10H, m).

Example 5 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a)

3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a) (0.220 g, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml), 1N NaOH (2.08 ml, 2.08 mmol) was added and the resultant solution was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was acidified with 10% HCI and stirred for 30 min. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried in desiccator over P₂Os to give the title compound as a white solid (0.173 g, 82%). Example 6 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a)

To a suspension of 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a) (0.173 g, 0.57 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.3 ml) oxalyl chloride (0.17 ml, 1.95 mmol) and one drop of dimethylformamide were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for one hour and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (0.185 g).

Example 7

N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylamide (7a) (PX105684) BELINOSTAT

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.200 g, 2.87 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.5 ml) a saturated NaHCOβ solution (2.5 ml) was added and the resultant mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 min. To the reaction mixture a 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a) (0.185 g) solution in tetrahydrofuran (2.3 ml) was added and stirred at ambient temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 2N HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated NaCl, the solvent was removed and the residue was washed with acetonitrile and diethyl ether.

The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.066 g, 36%), m.p. 172°C. BELINOSTAT

¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, HMDSO), δ: 6.49 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.18-8.05 (10H, m); 9.16 (1 H, br s); 10.34 (1 H, s); 10.85 ppm (1 H, br s).

HPLC analysis on Symmetry C₁₈column: impurities 4% (column size 3.9×150 mm; mobile phase acetonitrile – 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 2.5), 40:60; sample concentration 1 mg/ml; flow rate 0.8 ml/ min; detector UV 220 nm).

Anal. Calcd for C₁₅Hι₄N₂0₄S, %: C 56.59, H 4.43, N 8.80. Found, %: C 56.28, H 4.44, N 8.56.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN102786448A?cl=en

Example: belinostat (compound of formula I) Preparation of

Methods of operation:

The compound of formula II (4. Og) added to the reactor, was added methanol 30ml, and stirred to dissolve, was added IM aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (38mL), stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction was completed, ethyl acetate was added (IOmL) ^ K (20mL), stirred for 5 minutes, phase separation, the ethyl acetate phase was discarded, the aqueous phase was acidified with 10% hydrochloric acid to pH2, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, filtered, washed with water, and dried to give hydrolyzate 3. lg, yield rate of 81.6%.

The hydrolyzate (3. Og) added to the reactor, was added methylene chloride (53. 2g), dissolved with stirring, was added oxalyl chloride (2.8mL, 0.0032mol) at room temperature was added I drop DMF, reflux I hours, concentrated and the residue was dissolved in THF (30mL) alternate, the other to take a reaction flask was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3. 5g, 0.05mol), THF (50mL), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (40mL), the mixture at room temperature under stirring for 10 minutes, then was added to spare, stirred at room temperature for I hour, the reaction was complete, at – at room temperature was added ethyl acetate (50mL), 2M hydrochloric acid (50mL), stirred for 5 minutes the phases were separated, the aqueous phase was discarded, the organic layer was washed with water, saturated brine, dried, filtered and concentrated to give crude product belinostat, recrystallized from ethyl acetate, 50 ° C and dried for 8 hours to give white crystals 2. 6g, yield 83.8%. . 1H-NMR (DMS0-d6, 400MHz) δ: 6 50 (1H, d, J = 16. OHz); 7 07 (d, J = 7. 8Hz, 2H); 7 16 (t.. , J = 7. 3Hz, 1H);. 7 25 (m, 2H);. 7 45 (t, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);. 7 60 (d, J = 15. 9Hz, 1H); 7 . 62 (d, J = 7. 7Hz, 1H);. 7 75 (d, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);. 7 88 (br s. ‘1H);. 9 17 (br s’ 1H); 10. 35 (s, 1H);. 10 82ppm (br s, 1H). ·

Step a): Preparation of Compound III

The carboxy benzene sulfonate (224g, Imol), anhydrous methanol (2300g), concentrated hydrochloric acid (188. 6g) refluxing

3-5 hours, filtered and the filtrate was added anhydrous sodium bicarbonate powder (200g), stirred for I hour, filtered, the filter residue was discarded, the filtrate was concentrated. The concentrate was added methanol (2000g), stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness, 80 ° C and dried for 4 hours to give a white solid compound III147g, yield 61.8%.

Step b): Preparation of Compound IV

Compound III (50g, 0. 21mol), phosphorus oxychloride (250mL) was refluxed for 2_6 hours, completion of the reaction, cooled to

0-5 ° C, was slowly added to ice water, stirred for 2 hours and filtered to give a brown solid compound IV40 g, due to the instability of Compound IV, directly into the next reaction without drying.

Preparation of Compound V: [0040] Step c)

The aniline (5. 58g, 0. 06mol) and 30mL of toluene added to the reactor, stirred to dissolve, in step b) the resulting compound IV (7. 05g, O. 03mol) was dissolved in 60 ml of toluene, at room temperature dropwise added to the reactor, the addition was completed, stirring at room temperature for 1-2 hours, the reaction was completed, the filtered solid washed with water, and then recrystallized from toluene, 50 ° C and dried for 4 hours to obtain a white crystalline compound V6. Og, yield 73%. mp:.. 144 4-145 2. . .

1H- bandit R (CDCl3, 400MHz) δ:…. 3 92 (s, 3H); 6 80 (. Br s, 1H); 7 06-7 09 (m, 2H); 7 11. . -7 15 (m, 1H);.. 7 22-7 26 (m, 2H);. 7 51 (t, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);.. 7 90-7 93 (dt, J = . 1.2,7 8Hz, 1H); 8 18-8 21 (dt, J = I. 4, 7. 8Hz, 1H);… 8 48 (t, J = L 6Hz, 1H).

IR v ™ r: 3243,3198,3081,2953,1705,1438,1345,766,702,681cm-1.

Step d): Preparation of Compound VI

The anhydrous lithium chloride 2. 32g, potassium borohydride 2. 96g, THF50mL added to the reactor, stirring evenly, Compound V (8g, 0. 027mol) was dissolved in 7mL of tetrahydrofuran, was slowly dropped into the reactor was heated under reflux for 5 hours, the reaction was completed, the force mouth 40mL water and ethyl acetate 40mL, stirred for half an hour, allowed to stand for separation, the organic layer was washed with 40mL water, concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, the crude product was recrystallized from toluene, solid 50 V dried for 4 hours to give a white crystalline compound VI6. 82g, yield 90. O%. mp:.. 98 2-98 6. . .

1H-NMR (DMS0-d6, 400ΜΗζ) δ:….. 4 53 (s, 2H); 5 39 (s, 1H); 6 99-7 03 (m, 1H); 7 08- 7. ll (m, 2H);.. 7 19-7 24 (m, 2H);.. 7 45-7 52 (m, 2H);.. 7 61-7 63 (dt, J = I. 8 , 7 4Hz, 1H);.. 7 79 (br s, 1H);. 10. 26 (s, 1H).

IRv =: 3453,3130,2964,1488,1151,1031, 757,688cm_10

Step e): Preparation of Compound VII

After Compound VI (7.5g, 0.028mol) dissolved in acetone was added 7ml, dichloromethane was added 60mL, supported on silica gel was added PCC at room temperature 20g, stirred at room temperature for 12-24 hours, the reaction was complete, filtered and the filtrate was purified The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was discarded after the organic phase is washed 30mL5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate, evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure to give the crude product, the crude product was recrystallized from toluene, 50 ° C and dried for 8 hours to give white crystalline compound VII4. 7g, yield 62.7%. mp:.. 128 1-128 5 ° C.

1H- bandit R (CDCl3,400MHz) δ:…. 7 08-7 15 (m, 4Η); 7 · 23-7 27 (m, 2H); 7 · 60-7 64 (t, J = 7 7Hz, 1Η);.. 8 00 (d, J = 7. 6Hz, 1Η);. 8 04 (d, J = 7. 6Hz, 1Η);. 8 30 (br s’ 1Η).; 10. 00 (S, 1Η).

IR ν ™ Γ: 3213,3059,2964,2829,1687,1480,1348,1159,1082,758,679cm_10

Preparation of compounds of formula II: [0055] Step f)

phosphoryl trimethylorthoacetate (2. 93g, 0. 0161mol) added to the reaction vessel, THF30mL, stirring to dissolve, cooled to -5-0 ° C, was added sodium hydride (O. 8g, content 80%) , the addition was completed, stirring for 10-20 minutes, was added dropwise the compound VII (4g, O. 0156mol) and THF (20mL) solution, stirred for 1_4 hours at room temperature, the reaction was complete, 10% aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added dropwise 50mL, and then After addition of 50mL of ethyl acetate, stirred 30min rested stratification, the aqueous layer was discarded, the organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product, the crude product was recrystallized from methanol 60mL, 50 ° C and dried for 8 hours to give white crystalline compound 113. 6g, yield 75%. mp:.. 152 0-152 5 ° C.

1H-Nmr (Cdci3JOOmHz) δ:…. 3 81 (s, 3H); 6 40 (d, J = 16. 0Hz, 1H); 6 79 (. Br s, 1H); 7 08 ( d, J = 7. 8Hz, 2H);. 7 14 (t, J = 7. 3Hz, 1H);. 7 24 (m, 2H);. 7 46 (t, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H); 7. 61 (d, J = 16. ΟΗζ, ΙΗ);. 7 64 (d, J = 7. 6Hz, 1H);. 7 75 (d, J = 7. 8Hz, 1H);. 7 89 (br . s, 1H).

IR v ^ :: 3172,3081,2954,2849,1698,1475,1345,1157,773,714,677cm-1.

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

US20100286279

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00034

CLIP

SYNTHESIS AND SPECTRAL DATA

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 , vol. 54, 13 pg. 4694 – 4720

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (28, belinostat, PXD101).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

The methyl ester (27) (8.0 g) was prepared according to reported synthetic route,

(Watkins, C. J.; Romero-Martin, M.-R.; Moore, K. G.; Ritchie, J.; Finn, P. W.; Kalvinsh, I.;
Loza, E.; Dikvoska, K.; Gailite, V.; Vorona, M.; Piskunova, I.; Starchenkov, I.; Harris, C. J.;
Duffy, J. E. S. Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC
inhibitors. PCT Int. Appl. WO200230879A2, April 18, 2002.)
but using procedure D (Experimental Section) or method described for 26 to convert the methyl ester to crude
hydroxamic acid which was further purified by chromatography (silica, MeOH/DCM = 1:10) to
afford 28 (PXD101) as off-white or pale yellow powder (2.5 g, 31%).

LC–MS m/z 319.0 ([M +H]+).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  12–9 (very broad, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J

= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d,J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H);

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  162.1, 140.6, 138.0, 136.5, 135.9, 131.8, 130.0, 129.2, 127.1, 124.8, 124.1, 121.3, 120.4.

Anal.
(C15H14N2O4S) C, H, N

PATENT

SYNTHESIS

WO2009040517A2

PXDIOI / Belinostat®

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

Scheme 1

Not isolated

ed on (A)

on (D)

d on (H)

There is a need for alternative methods for the synthesis of PXD101 and related compounds for example, methods which are simpler and/or employ fewer steps and/or permit higher yields and/or higher purity product.

Scheme 5

DMAP, toluene

Synthesis 1 3-Bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3)

To a 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged aniline (2) (4.01 kg; 93.13 g/mol; 43 mol), toluene (25 L), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP) (12 g), and the mixture was heated to 50-60⁰C. 3-Bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1) (5 kg; 255.52 g/mol; 19.6 mol) was charged into the reactor over 30 minutes at 50-60⁰C and progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC. After 19 hours, toluene (5 L) was added due to losses overnight through the vent line and the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (1) being detected by HPLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (10 L) and then quenched with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (20 L). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, the aqueous layer was discarded, and the organic layer was washed with water (20 L), and then 5% (w/w) sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L), while maintaining the batch temperature at 45-55°C. The batch was then used in the next synthesis.

Synthesis 2 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester (5)

To the batch containing 3-bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3) (the treated organic layer obtained in the previous synthesis) was added triethylamine (2.97 kg; 101.19 g/mol; 29.4 mol), tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (119 g; 304.37 g/mol; 0.4 mol), and palladium (II) acetate (44 g; 224.51 g/mol; 0.2 mol), and the resulting mixture was degassed four times with a vacuum/nitrogen purge at 45-55°C. Catalytic palladium (0) was formed in situ. The batch was then heated to 80-90⁰C and ethyl acrylate (4) (2.16 kg; 100.12 g/mol; 21.6 mol) was slowly added over 2.75 hours. The batch was sampled after a further 2 hours and was deemed to be complete with no compound (3) being detected by HPLC. The batch was cooled to 45-55°C and for convenience was left at this temperature overnight.

The batch was then reduced in volume under vacuum to 20-25 L, at a batch temperature of 45-55°C, and ethyl acetate (20 L) was added. The batch was filtered and the residue washed with ethyl acetate (3.5 L). The residue was discarded and the filtrates were sent to a 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor, which had been pre-heated to 60⁰C. The 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was then cleaned to remove any residual Pd, while the batch in the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor was washed with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and water at 45-55°C. Once the washes were complete and the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was clean, the batch was transferred from the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor back to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate/toluene to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it. The batch was then cooled to 0-10⁰C and held at this temperature over the weekend in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). A sample of the wet-cake was taken for Pd analysis. The Pd content of the crude product (5) was determined to be 12.9 ppm.

The wet-cake was then charged back into the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor along with ethyl acetate (50 L) and heated to 40-50⁰C in order to obtain a solution. A sparkler filter loaded with 12 impregnated Darco G60® carbon pads was then connected to the reactor and the solution was pumped around in a loop through the sparkler filter. After 1 hour, a sample was taken and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd was found to be 1.4 ppm. A second sample was taken after 2 hours and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd had been reduced to 0.6 ppm. The batch was blown back into the reactor and held at 40-50⁰C overnight before the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it and the batch was cooled to 0-10⁰C and held at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum for 25 hours. A first lot of the title compound (5) was obtained as an off-white solid (4.48 kg, 69% overall yield from 3-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1)) with a Pd content of 0.4 ppm and a purity of 99.22% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 3 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrvlic acid (6)

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)- acrylic acid ethyl ester (5) (4.48 kg; 331.39 g/mol; 13.5 mol) along with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (17.76 L; -35 mol). The mixture was heated to 40-50°C and held at this temperature for 2 hours before sampling, at which point the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (5) being detected by HPLC. The batch was adjusted to pH 2.2 using 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid while maintaining the batch temperature between 40-50⁰C. The product had precipitated and the batch was cooled to 20-30⁰C and held at this temperature for 1 hour before filtering and washing the cake with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The batch was allowed to condition on the filter overnight before being charged back into the reactor and slurried in water (44.4 L) at 40-50⁰C for 2 hours. The batch was cooled to 15-20°C, held for 1 hour, and then filtered and the residue washed with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The crude title compound (6) was transferred to an oven for drying at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed for 5 days (this was done for convenience) to give a white solid (3.93 kg, 97% yield). The moisture content of the crude material was measured using Karl Fischer (KF) titration and found to be <0.1% (w/w). To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the crude compound (6) along with acetonitrile (47.2 L). The batch was heated to reflux (about 80°C) and held at reflux for 2 hours before cooling to 0-10°C and holding at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with cold acetonitrile (7.9 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried under vacuum at 45-55°C for 21.5 hours. The title compound (6) was obtained as a fluffy white solid (3.37 kg, 84% yield with respect to compound (5)) with a purity of 99.89% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 4 (E)-N-Hvdroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (PXD101) BELINOSTAT

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid (6) (3.37 kg; 303.34 g/mol; 11.1 mol) and a pre-mixed solution of 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) in isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (27 g in 30 L; 152.24 g/mol; 0.18 mol). The slurry was stirred and thionyl chloride (SOCI₂) (960 mL; density ~1.631 g/mL; 118.97 g/mol; -13 mol) was added to the reaction mixture and the batch was stirred at 20-30⁰C overnight. After 18.5 hours, the batch was sampled and deemed to be complete with no compound (6) being detected by HPLC. The resulting solution was transferred to a 100 L Schott reactor for temporary storage while the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was rinsed with isopropyl acetate (IPAc) and water. Deionized water (28.9 L) was then added to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor followed by 50% (w/w) hydroxylamine (6.57 L; -1.078 g/mL; 33.03 g/mol; -214 mol) and another charge of deionized water (1.66 L) to rinse the lines free of hydroxylamine to make a 10% (w/w) hydroxylamine solution. Tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6.64 L) was then charged to the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the mixture was stirred and cooled to 0-10⁰C. The acid chloride solution (from the 100 L Schott reactor) was then slowly charged into the hydroxylamine solution over 1 hour maintaining a batch temperature of 0-10°C during the addition. The batch was then allowed to warm to 20-30⁰C. The aqueous layer was separated and discarded. The organic layer was then reduced in volume under vacuum while maintaining a batch temperature of less than 30⁰C. The intention was to distill out 10-13 L of solvent, but this level was overshot. A larger volume of isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (16.6 L) was added and about 6 L of solvent was distilled out. The batch had precipitated and heptanes (24.9 L) were added and the batch was held at 20-30°C overnight. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (6.64 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed over the weekend. The title compound (PXD101) was obtained as a light orange solid (3.11 kg, 89% yield with respect to compound (6)) with a purity of 99.25% (AUC) by HPLC.

The title compound (PXD101) (1.2 kg, 3.77 mol) was dissolved in 8 volumes of 1:1 (EtOH/water) at 60⁰C. Sodium bicarbonate (15.8 g, 5 mol%) was added to the solution. Water (HPLC grade) was then added at a rate of 65 mL/min while keeping the internal temperature >57°C. After water (6.6 L) had been added, crystals started to form and the water addition was stopped. The reaction mixture was then cooled at a rate of 10°C/90 min to a temperature of 0-10^cC and then stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The crystals were then filtered and collected. The filter cake was washed by slurrying in water (2 x 1.2 L) and then dried in an oven at 45°C for 60 hours with a slight nitrogen bleed. 1.048 kg (87% recovery) of a light orange solid was recovered. Microscopy and XRPD data showed a conglomerate of irregularly shaped birefringant crystalline particles. The compound was found to contain 0.02% water.

As discussed above: the yield of compound (5) with respect to compound (1) was 69%. the yield of compound (6) with respect to compound (5) was 84%. the yield of PXD101 with respect to compound (6) was 89%.

PAPER

Synthetic Commun. 2010, 40, 2520-2524.

PATENT

FORMULATION

WO2006120456A1

Formulation Studies

These studies demonstrate a substantial enhancement of HDACi solubility (on the order of a 500-fold increase for PXD-101) using one or more of: cyclodextrin, arginine, and meglumine. The resulting compositions are stable and can be diluted to the desired target concentration without the risk of precipitation. Furthermore, the compositions have a pH that, while higher than ideal, is acceptable for use.

UV Absorbance

The ultraviolet (UV absorbance E\ value for PXD-101 was determined by plotting a calibration curve of PXD-101 concentration in 50:50 methanol/water at the λ_max for the material, 269 nm. Using this method, the E¹i value was determined as 715.7.

Methanol/water was selected as the subsequent diluting medium for solubility studies rather than neat methanol (or other organic solvent) to reduce the risk of precipitation of the cyclodextrin.

Solubility in Demineralised Water

The solubility of PXD-101 was determined to be 0.14 mg/mL for demineralised water. Solubility Enhancement with Cvclodextrins

Saturated samples of PXD-101 were prepared in aqueous solutions of two natural cyclodextrins (α-CD and γ-CD) and hydroxypropyl derivatives of the α, β and Y cyclodextrins (HP-α-CD, HP-β-CD and HP-γ-CD). All experiments were completed with cyclodextrin concentrations of 250 mg/mL, except for α-CD, where the solubility of the cyclodextrin was not sufficient to achieve this concentration. The data are summarised in the following table. HP-β-CD offers the best solubility enhancement for PXD-101.

Phase Solubility Determination of HP-β-CD

The phase solubility diagram for HP-β-CD was prepared for concentrations of cyclodextrin between 50 and 500 mg/mL (5-50% w/v). The calculated saturated solubilities of the complexed HDACi were plotted against the concentration of cyclodextrin. See Figure 1.

Links

CLIP

SPECTRUM

Tiny Biotech With Three Cancer Drugs Is More Alluring Takeover Bet Now
Forbes
The drug is one of Spectrum’s two drugs undergoing phase 3 clinical trials. Allergan paid Spectrum $41.5 million and will make additional payments of up to $304 million based on achieving certain milestones. So far, Raj Shrotriya, Spectrum’s chairman, …

http://www.forbes.com/sites/genemarcial/2013/07/14/tiny-biotech-with-three-cancer-drugs-is-more-alluring-takeover-bet-now/

CLIP

Copenhagen, December 10, 2013

Topotarget announces the submission of a New Drug Application (NDA) for belinostat for the treatment of relapsed or refractory (R/R) peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The NDA has been filed for Accelerated Approval with a request for Priority Review. Response from the FDA regarding acceptance to file is expected within 60 days from the FDA receipt date.

read all this here

PAPER

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00170

The Development of an Effective Synthetic Route of Belinostat

Xuefei Bao, Dake Song, Xuejun Qiao, Xuan Zhao, and Guoliang Chen^*

Key Laboratory of Structure-Based Drug Design & Discovery, Ministry of Education, Shenyang Pharmaceutical University, Shenyang 110016, China

Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP

DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.6b00170

Publication Date (Web): July 12, 2016

*E-mail: guoliang222@gmail.com.

A practical synthetic route of belinostat is reported. Belinostat was obtained via a five-step process starting from benzaldehyde and including addition reaction with sodium bisulfite, sulfochlorination with chlorosulfonic acid, sulfonamidation with aniline, Knoevenagel condensation, and the final amidation with hydroxylamine. Key to the strategy is the preparation of 3-formylbenzenesulfonyl chloride using an economical and practical protocol. The main advantages of the route include inexpensive starting materials and acceptable overall yield. The scale-up experiment was carried out to provide 169 g of belinostat with 99.6% purity in 33% total yield.

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-((phenylamino)sulfonyl)phenyl)acrylamide (Belinostat, 1)

mp 172–174 °C, (lit.(@) 172 °C). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ = 10.75–10.42 (m, 2H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H),7.47 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.10–7.01 (m, 3H), 6.51 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H). MS (ESI): m/z = 318.6 [M+H] ⁺.

Clip

Belinostat (Beleodaq),

Belinostat is a drug which was developed by Spectrum Pharmaceuticals and is currently marketed by Onxeo as Beleodaq. The
drug, which received fast track designation by the United States Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) and was approved for
the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumors associated with peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) in 2014,58 is a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor and is the third such treatment to receive accelerated approval for PTCL, the others being
vorinostat (Zolinza) and pralatrexate (Folotyn).58 Although belinostat was not yet approved in Europe as of August 2014,58 the
compound exhibits a safety profile considered to be acceptable for HDAC inhibitors–less than 25% of patients reported adverse
effects and these most frequently were nausea, fatigue, pyrexia,anemia, and emesis.58 While several different synthetic approaches
have been reported for the preparation of belinostat and related HDAC inhibitors,59–62 the most likely process-scale approach has
been described in a patent application filed by Reisch and co-workers at Topotarget UK, which exemplifies the synthesis described in
Scheme 8 on kilogram scale.63

Commercially available 3-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (41) was reacted with aniline in the presence of aqueous sodium carbonate
to deliver sulfonamide 42 in 94% yield. Next, this aryl bromide was subjected to a Heck reaction involving ethyl acrylate to
give rise to cinnamate ester 43, which was immediately saponified under basic conditions and acidic workup to furnish the corresponding acid 44. This acid was activated as the corresponding acid chloride prior to subjection to hydroxylamine under basic conditions to form the hydroxamic acid, which was then recrystallized from an 8:1 ethanol/water mixture in the presence of a catalytic
amount of sodium bicarbonate to furnish crystalline belinostat (VI) in 87% overall yield from acid 44.61

Lee, H. Z.; Kwitkowski, V. E.; Del Valle, P. L.; Ricci, M. S.; Saber, H.;Habtemariam, B. A.; Bullock, J.; Bloomquist, E.; Li Shen, Y.; Chen, X. H.;Brown, J.; Mehrotra, N.; Dorff, S.; Charlab, R.; Kane, R. C.; Kaminskas, E.;Justice, R.; Farrell, A. T.; Pazdur, R. Clin. Cancer Res. 2015, 21, 2666.
59. Qian, J.; Zhang, G.; Qin, H.; Zhu, Y.; Xiao, Y. CN Patent 102786448A, 2012.
60. Wang, H.; Yu, N.; Chen, D.; Lee, K. C.; Lye, P. L.; Chang, J. W.; Deng, W.; Ng, M.C.; Lu, T.; Khoo, M. L.; Poulsen, A.; ngthongpitag, K.; Wu, X.; Hu, C.; Goh, K.C.; Wang, X.; Fang, L.; Goh, K. L.; Khng, H. H.; Goh, S. K.; Yeo, P.; Liu, X.; Bonday, Z.; Wood, J. M.; Dymock, B. W.; Kantharaj, E.; Sun, E. T. J. Med. Chem.2011, 54, 4694.
61. Yang, L.; Xue, X.; Zhang, Y. Synth. Comm. 2010, 40, 2520.

CLIP

ayurajan

Let’s Research !!!!!

https://ayurajan.blogspot.in/2016/06/belinostat-hdac-inhibitor.html

Helv Chim Acta 2005, 88(7), 1630-1657: It is first reported synthesis for Belinostat and many other derivatives. The procedure uses oleum, thionyl chloride (SOCl₂) as well as oxalyl chloride (COCl)₂, no wonder better procedures were derived from it. ABOVE
Synth Comm 2010, 40(17), 2520–2524: The synthesis avoids the use of the extremely corrosive oleum and thionyl chloride (SOCl₂) and therefore is possibly better for scaled-up production. Second, synthetic steps do not involve tedious separations and give a better overall yield. BELOW

Identifications:

1H NMR (Estimated) for Belinostat

Experimental: ¹H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 6.52 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 6.81–7.12 (m, 6H), 7.33 (d, J=15.9 Hz, 1H), 7.47–7.67 (m, 3 H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 9.00–11.20 (br, 3H).

SEE COMPILATION ON SIMILAR COMPOUNDS AT …………..http://drugsynthesisint.blogspot.in/p/nostat-series.html

HPLC

ANALYTICAL HPLC TEST METHOD

HPLC spectrum of Belinostat.

PATENT

http://www.google.si/patents/CN102531972A?cl=en

Belinostat synthesis process related to the first report of the literature of W002 / 30879 A2, including preparation for Belinostat described as follows:

Figure CN102531972AD00031

Example 3:

3- (3-sulfonate-yl) phenyl – acrylate preparation:

First, 3-bromophenyl sulfonate 37. Ig (257. 90g / mol, 0. 1439mol) was dissolved with stirring in 260mL toluene IL reactor was then added triethylamine 36. 5g (101. 19g / mol, 0. 3604mol), tri (o-methylphenyl) phosphine 0. 875g (304. 37g / mol, 0. 002874mol), palladium acetate 0. 324g (224. 51g, 0. 001441mol), the reaction mixture was heated to 45- 55 ° C with nitrogen pumping ventilation four, this time in the reaction system to generate the catalytically active 1 ^ (0). The temperature of the reaction system was raised to 80-90 ° C, within 2. 75h dropwise methacrylate 13. 6g (86. 04g / mol, 0. 1586mol), the reaction was continued after the cell by HPLC 3- bromophenyl sulfonyl chloride was completion of the reaction. The temperature of the reaction system was reduced to 45-55 ° C.

[0021] In at 45-55 ° C, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, ethyl acetate and n-heptane and recrystallized to give the product 29. 4g, 83% yield.

[0022] The spectral data:

1HNMR (DMS0-d6, HMDS0), δ (ppm): 3. 65 (3H, S, H-1); 6. 47 (1H, d, J = 16 0 Hz, H-2.); 7. 30 -8 00 (5H, m, H-3, H_4, H_5, H_6, H_7) m / e:. 264. 23

Links

References

1. “Beleodaq (belinostat) For Injection, For Intravenous Administration. Full Prescribing Information” (PDF). Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irvine, CA 92618. Retrieved 21 November2015.
2. Plumb JA; Finn PW; Williams RJ; et al. (2003). “Pharmacodynamic Response and Inhibition of Growth of Human Tumor Xenografts by the Novel Histone Deacetylase Inhibitor PXD101”. Molecular Cancer Therapeutics 2 (8): 721–728.PMID 12939461.
3. “FDA approves Beleodaq to treat rare, aggressive form of non-Hodgkin lymphoma”. FDA. 3 July 2014.
4. “CuraGen Corporation (CRGN) and TopoTarget A/S Announce Presentation of Belinostat Clinical Trial Results at AACR-NCI-EORTC International Conference”. October 2007.
5. Final Results of a Phase II Trial of Belinostat (PXD101) in Patients with Recurrent or Refractory Peripheral or Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma, December 2009
6. “Spectrum adds to cancer pipeline with $350M deal.”. February 2010.
7. H. Spreitzer (4 August 2014). “Neue Wirkstoffe – Belinostat”.Österreichische Apothekerzeitung (in German) (16/2014): 27.
8. Lexicomp, (corporate author) (2016). Bragalone, DL, ed.Drug Information Handbook for Oncology (14th ed.). Wolters Kluwer. ISBN 9781591953517.
Helvetica Chimica Acta, 2005 , vol. 88, 7 PG. 1630 – 1657, MP 172
WO2009/40517 A2, ….
WO2006/120456 A1, …..
Synthetic Communications, 2010 , vol. 40, 17 PG. 2520 – 2524, MP 172
Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 , vol. 54, 13 PG. 4694 – 4720, NMR IN SUP INFO

Drug@FDA, NDA206256 Pharmacology Review(s).

Biochem. J. 2008, 409, 581-589.

J. Transl. Med. 2007, 5, 1-12.

Mol. Cancer Ther. 2006, 5, 2086-2095.

Int. J. Cancer 2008, 122, 1400-1410.

. PLoS One 2013, 8, e54522.

Synthetic Commun. 2010, 40, 2520-2524.

CN101868446A *	Sep 23, 2008	Oct 20, 2010	托波塔吉特英国有限公司	Methods of synthesis of certain hydroxamic acid compounds
CN102531972A *	Dec 31, 2010	Jul 4, 2012	北京万全阳光医药科技有限公司	Preparation method of intermediate of antitumor medicament Belinostat
EP2093292A2 *	Mar 26, 2001	Aug 26, 2009	Methylgene, Inc.	Inhibition of specific histone deacetylase isoforms
GB2378179A *				Title not available
WO2002030879A2 *	Sep 27, 2001	Apr 18, 2002	Prolifix Limited	Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
WO2008068170A1 *	Nov 27, 2007	Jun 12, 2008	William Paul Jackson	Hdac inhibitors
WO2009146871A1 *	Jun 1, 2009	Dec 10, 2009	William Paul Jackson	5-lipoxygenase inhibitors

Citing Patent	Filing date	Publication date	Applicant	Title
CN104478769A *	Dec 22, 2014	Apr 1, 2015	深圳万乐药业有限公司	Belinostatsynthesis method suitable for industrial production
CN104478769B *	Dec 22, 2014	Jan 6, 2016	深圳万乐药业有限公司	一种适合工业化生产的贝利司他合成方法
CN104610100A *	Jan 9, 2015	May 13, 2015	华东理工大学	Nitrogen-chlorine type chlorination agent

US2008274120	11-7-2008	Histone Deacetylase (Hdac) Inhibitors (Pxd101) for the Treatment of Cancer Alone or in Combination With Chemotherapeutic Agent
US2008227845	9-19-2008	CYCLOOXYGENASE-2 INHIBITOR/HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR COMBINATION
US2008213399	9-5-2008	Combination Therapies Using Hdac Inhibitors
US2008194690	8-15-2008	Pharmaceutical Formulations Of Hdac Inhibitors
US7407988	8-6-2008	Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US7402603	7-23-2008	Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor/histone deacetylase inhibitor combination
US7183298	2-28-2007	Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US2005107445	5-20-2005	Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US6888027	5-4-2005	Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors

WO2002030879A2

Sep 27, 2001

Apr 18, 2002

Prolifix Ltd

Carbamic acid compounds comprising asulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors

US7973181	7-6-2011	HYDROXAMIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF HDAC ENZYMATIC ACTIVITY
US7928081	4-20-2011	Combined Use of Prame Inhibitors and Hdac Inhibitors
US2011077305	3-32-2011	5-LIPOXYGENASE INHIBITORS
US2011003777	1-7-2011	Methods of Treatment Employing Prolonged Continuous Infusion of Belinostat
US2010286279	11-12-2010	Methods of Synthesis of Certain Hydroxamic Acid Compounds
US2010190694	7-30-2010	Methods for identifying patients who will respond well to cancer treatment
US2010010010	1-15-2010	HDAC INHIBITORS
US2009312311	12-18-2009	COMBINATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
US2009192211	7-31-2009	CYCLOOXYGENASE-2 INHIBITOR/HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR COMBINATION
US7557140	7-8-2009	CARBAMIC ACID COMPOUNDS COMPRISING A SULFONAMIDE LINKAGE AS HDAC INHIBITORS

WO1998038859A1 *	Mar 4, 1998	Sep 11, 1998	Thomas E Barta	Sulfonyl divalent aryl or heteroaryl hydroxamic acid compounds
WO1999024399A1 *	Nov 12, 1998	May 20, 1999	Darwin Discovery Ltd	Hydroxamic and carboxylic acid derivatives having mmp and tnf inhibitory activity
WO2000056704A1 *	Mar 22, 2000	Sep 28, 2000	Duncan Batty	Hydroxamic and carboxylic acid derivatives
WO2000069819A1 *	May 12, 2000	Nov 23, 2000	Thomas E Barta	Hydroxamic acid derivatives as matrix metalloprotease inhibitors
WO2001038322A1 *	Nov 22, 2000	May 31, 2001	Methylgene Inc	Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
EP0570594A1 *	Dec 7, 1992	Nov 24, 1993	SHIONOGI & CO., LTD.	Hydroxamic acid derivative based on aromatic sulfonamide
EP0931788A2 *	Dec 16, 1998	Jul 28, 1999	Pfizer Inc.	Metalloprotease inhibitors
GB2312674A *	Title not available

WO2002030879A2	Sep 27, 2001	Apr 18, 2002	Prolifix Ltd	Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
WO2005063806A1	Dec 30, 2003	Jul 14, 2005	Council Scient Ind Res	Arginine hydrochloride enhances chaperone-like activity of alpha crystallin
US4642316	May 20, 1985	Feb 10, 1987	Warner-Lambert Company	Parenteral phenytoin preparations

WO2008090585A2 *	Jan 25, 2008	Jul 31, 2008	Univ Roma	Soluble forms of inclusion complexes of histone deacetylase inhibitors and cyclodextrins, their preparation processes and uses in the pharmaceutical field
WO2009109861A1 *	Mar 6, 2009	Sep 11, 2009	Topotarget A/S	Methods of treatment employing prolonged continuous infusion of belinostat
WO2010048332A2 *	Oct 21, 2009	Apr 29, 2010	Acucela, Inc.	Compounds for treating ophthalmic diseases and disorders
WO2011064663A1	Nov 24, 2010	Jun 3, 2011	Festuccia, Claudio	Combination treatment employing belinostat and bicalutamide
US20110003777 *	Mar 6, 2009	Jan 6, 2011	Topotarget A/S	Methods of Treatment Employing Prolonged Continuous Infusion of Belinostat

CN102786448A *	9 avg 2012	21 nov 2012	深圳万乐药业有限公司	Method of synthesizing belinostat
CN102786448B	9 avg 2012	12 mar 2014	深圳万乐药业有限公司	Method of synthesizing belinostat

CLIP

Belinostat
Systematic (IUPAC) name

(2E)-N-Hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]prop-2-enamide
Clinical data
Trade names	Beleodaq
AHFS/Drugs.com	beleodaq
Pregnancy category	US: D (Evidence of risk)
Routes of administration	Intravenous (IV)
Legal status
Legal status	US: ℞-only
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability	100% (IV)
Protein binding	92.9–95.8%^[1]
Metabolism	UGT1A1
Excretion	Urine
Identifiers
CAS Number	866323-14-0
ATC code	L01XX49 (WHO)
PubChem	CID 6918638
ChemSpider	5293831
UNII	F4H96P17NZ
ChEBI	CHEBI:61076
ChEMBL	CHEMBL408513
Synonyms	PXD101
Chemical data
Formula	C₁₅H₁₄N₂O₄S
Molar mass	318.348 g/mol

////////////Belinostat, PXD101, novel HDAC inhibitor, Beleodaq, Folotyn, Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Henderson, Nevada, Istodax, Celgene Corporation, Summit, New Jersey, CuraGen Pharma, FDA 2014